10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

☒ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2024

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             .

Commission File Number: 1-8944

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Ohio			34-1464672
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)			(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
200 Public Square,	Cleveland,	Ohio	44114-2315
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)			(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (216) 694-5700

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common shares, par value $0.125 per share	CLF	New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  ☒                                         No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes  ☒                                         No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☒	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☐	Smaller reporting company	☐
		Emerging growth company	☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  ☐                                        No  ☒

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common shares, par value $0.125 per share, was 475,476,193 as of April 24, 2024.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page Number
DEFINITIONS				1
PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION
	ITEM 1.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
		STATEMENTS OF UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF MARCH 31, 2024 AND DECEMBER 31, 2023		2
		STATEMENTS OF UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2024 AND 2023		3
		STATEMENTS OF UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE LOSS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2024 AND 2023		4
		STATEMENTS OF UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2024 AND 2023		5
		STATEMENTS OF UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2024 AND 2023		6
		NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		7
	ITEM 2.	MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		19
	ITEM 3.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK		34
	ITEM 4.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES		34
PART II - OTHER INFORMATION
	ITEM 1.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS		36
	ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS		36
	ITEM 2.	UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS		36
	ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES		36
	ITEM 5.	OTHER INFORMATION		37
	ITEM 6.	EXHIBITS		37
SIGNATURES				38

DEFINITIONS

The following abbreviations or acronyms are used in the text. References in this report to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” "Cleveland-Cliffs" and “Cliffs” are to Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. and subsidiaries, collectively. References to "$" is to United States currency.

Abbreviation or acronym	Term
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes	7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032 issued by Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. on March 18, 2024 in an aggregate principal amount of $825 million
ABL Facility	Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2020, among Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., the lenders party thereto from time to time and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended as of March 27, 2020, December 9, 2020, December 17, 2021, and June 9, 2023, and as may be further amended from time to time
Adjusted EBITDA	EBITDA, excluding certain items such as EBITDA of noncontrolling interests, Weirton indefinite idle, extinguishment of debt and other, net
AOCI	Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
ASU	Accounting Standards Update
BOF	Basic oxygen furnace
CHIPS Act	The Creating Helpful Incentives to Produce Semiconductors and Science Act of 2022
CO2e	Carbon dioxide equivalent
Dodd-Frank Act	Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
DOE	U.S. Department of Energy
EAF	Electric arc furnace
EBITDA	Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
EPA	U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
EPS	Earnings per share
EV	Electric vehicle
Exchange Act	Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
FASB	Financial Accounting Standards Board
FMSH Act	Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, as amended
GAAP	Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
GHG	Greenhouse gas
GOES	Grain oriented electrical steel
HBI	Hot briquetted iron
HRC	Hot-rolled coil steel
Inflation Reduction Act	Inflation Reduction Act of 2022
Infrastructure and Jobs Act	Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act of 2021
Metric ton (mt)	2,205 pounds
MSHA	Mine Safety and Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor
Net ton (nt)	2,000 pounds
NOES	Non-oriented electrical steel
OPEB	Other postretirement benefits
Platts 62% price	Platts IODEX 62% Fe Fines CFR North China
SEC	U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Section 232	Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962 (as amended by the Trade Act of 1974)
Securities Act	Securities Act of 1933, as amended
SunCoke Middletown	Middletown Coke Company, LLC, a subsidiary of SunCoke Energy, Inc.
USW	United Steelworkers
VIE	Variable interest entity

1

PART I

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

STATEMENTS OF UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL POSITION

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(In millions, except share information)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	30	$	198
Accounts receivable, net	1,868		1,840
Inventories	4,449		4,460
Other current assets	122		138
Total current assets	6,469		6,636
Non-current assets:
Property, plant and equipment, net	8,771		8,895
Goodwill	1,005		1,005
Pension and OPEB assets	344		329
Other non-current assets	647		672
TOTAL ASSETS	$	17,236	$	17,537
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	2,051	$	2,099
Accrued employment costs	449		511
Accrued expenses	318		380
Other current liabilities	578		518
Total current liabilities	3,396		3,508
Non-current liabilities:
Long-term debt	3,664		3,137
Pension and OPEB liabilities	791		821
Deferred income taxes	628		639
Other non-current liabilities	1,315		1,310
TOTAL LIABILITIES	9,794		9,415
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 17)
Equity:
Common shares - par value $0.125 per share
Authorized - 1,200,000,000 shares (2023 - 1,200,000,000 shares);
Issued - 531,051,530 shares (2023 - 531,051,530 shares);
Outstanding - 475,472,486 shares (2023 - 504,886,773 shares)	66		66
Capital in excess of par value of shares	4,851		4,861
Retained earnings	1,666		1,733
Cost of 55,579,044 common shares in treasury (2023 - 26,164,757 shares)	(1,030)		(430)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	1,648		1,657
Total Cliffs shareholders' equity	7,201		7,887
Noncontrolling interests	241		235
TOTAL EQUITY	7,442		8,122
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY	$	17,236	$	17,537

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

2

STATEMENTS OF UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions, except per share amounts)	2024		2023
Revenues	$	5,199	$	5,295
Operating costs:
Cost of goods sold	(4,914)		(5,196)
Selling, general and administrative expenses	(132)		(127)
Restructuring and other charges	(104)		—
Asset impairments	(64)		—
Miscellaneous – net	(23)		(3)
Total operating costs	(5,237)		(5,326)
Operating loss	(38)		(31)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net	(64)		(77)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	(21)		—
Net periodic benefit credits other than service cost component	60		50
Other non-operating income	2		2
Total other expense	(23)		(25)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(61)		(56)
Income tax benefit	8		13
Loss from continuing operations	(53)		(43)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	—		1
Net loss	(53)		(42)
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests	(14)		(15)
Net loss attributable to Cliffs shareholders	$	(67)	$	(57)
Loss per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - basic
Continuing operations	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Discontinued operations	—		—
	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Loss per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - diluted
Continuing operations	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Discontinued operations	—		—
	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

3

STATEMENTS OF UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Net loss	$	(53)	$	(42)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Changes in pension and OPEB, net of tax	(28)		(27)
Changes in derivative financial instruments, net of tax	20		(152)
Changes in foreign currency translation	(1)		—
Total other comprehensive loss	(9)		(179)
Comprehensive loss	(62)		(221)
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests	(14)		(15)
Comprehensive loss attributable to Cliffs shareholders	$	(76)	$	(236)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

4

STATEMENTS OF UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss	$	(53)	$	(42)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	230		242
Restructuring and other charges	104		—
Asset impairments	64		—
Pension and OPEB credits	(51)		(40)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	21		—
Other	44		35
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net	(27)		(257)
Inventories	(8)		207
Income taxes	(1)		15
Pension and OPEB payments and contributions	(32)		(30)
Payables, accrued employment and accrued expenses	(170)		(90)
Other, net	21		(79)
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities	142		(39)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property, plant and equipment	(182)		(188)
Other investing activities	3		3
Net cash used by investing activities	(179)		(185)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Repurchase of common shares	(608)		—
Proceeds from issuance of senior notes	825		—
Repayments of senior notes	(652)		—
Borrowings under credit facilities, net	342		307
Debt issuance costs	(13)		—
Other financing activities	(25)		(50)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	(131)		257
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(168)		33
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	198		26
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	30	$	59

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

5

STATEMENTS OF UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CHANGES IN EQUITY

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(In millions)	Number of Common Shares Outstanding	Par Value of Common Shares Issued		Capital in Excess of Par Value of Shares		Retained Earnings		Common Shares in Treasury		AOCI		Non-controlling Interests		Total
December 31, 2023	504.9	$	66	$	4,861	$	1,733	$	(430)	$	1,657	$	235	$	8,122
Comprehensive income (loss)	—	—		—		(67)		—		(9)		14		(62)
Common stock repurchases, net of excise tax	(30.4)	—		—		—		(615)		—		—		(615)
Stock and other incentive plans	1.0	—		(10)		—		15		—		—		5
Net distributions to noncontrolling interests	—	—		—		—		—		—		(8)		(8)
March 31, 2024	475.5	$	66	$	4,851	$	1,666	$	(1,030)	$	1,648	$	241	$	7,442

(In millions)	Number of Common Shares Outstanding	Par Value of Common Shares Issued		Capital in Excess of Par Value of Shares		Retained Earnings		Common Shares in Treasury		AOCI		Non-controlling Interests		Total
December 31, 2022	513.3	$	66	$	4,871	$	1,334	$	(310)	$	1,830	$	251	$	8,042
Comprehensive income (loss)	—	—		—		(57)		—		(179)		15		(221)
Stock and other incentive plans	1.8	—		(39)		—		30		—		—		(9)
Net distributions to noncontrolling interests	—	—		—		—		—		—		(19)		(19)
March 31, 2023	515.1	$	66	$	4,832	$	1,277	$	(280)	$	1,651	$	247	$	7,793

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

6

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BUSINESS, CONSOLIDATION AND PRESENTATION

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with SEC rules and regulations and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in equity for the periods presented. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Management bases its estimates on various assumptions and historical experience, which are believed to be reasonable; however, due to the inherent nature of estimates, actual results may differ significantly due to changed conditions or assumptions. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2024 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2024 or any other future period. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.

NATURE OF BUSINESS

We are the largest flat-rolled steel producer in North America. Founded in 1847 as a mine operator, we are also the largest manufacturer of iron ore pellets in North America. We are vertically integrated from mined raw materials, direct reduced iron and ferrous scrap to primary steelmaking and downstream finishing, stamping, tooling and tubing. We are the largest supplier of steel to the automotive industry in North America and serve a diverse range of other markets due to our comprehensive offering of flat-rolled steel products. Headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio, we employ approximately 28,000 people across our operations in the United States and Canada.

BUSINESS OPERATIONS

We are organized into four operating segments based on differentiated products – Steelmaking, Tubular, Tooling and Stamping, and European Operations. We primarily operate through one reportable segment – the Steelmaking segment.

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements consolidate our accounts and the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries, all subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest and VIEs for which we are the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated upon consolidation.

INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES

We have investments in several businesses accounted for using the equity method of accounting. These investments are included within our Steelmaking segment. Our investment in affiliates of $118 million and $123 million as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, was classified in Other non-current assets.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A detailed description of our significant accounting policies can be found in the audited financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 filed with the SEC. There have been no material changes in our significant accounting policies and estimates from those disclosed therein.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND LEGISLATION

In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-04, Liabilities - Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations. This guidance requires annual and interim disclosure of the key terms of outstanding supplier finance programs and a roll-forward of the related obligations. The new standard does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation of the supplier finance program obligations. We have adopted this standard, except for the amendment on roll-forward information, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. Refer to NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION for further information.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This guidance requires additional annual and interim disclosures for reportable segments. This new standard does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This guidance requires additional annual and interim disclosures for income taxes. This new standard does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.

7

NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following is a roll-forward of our allowance for credit losses associated with Accounts receivable, net:

(In millions)	2024		2023
Allowance for credit losses as of January 1	$	(5)	$	(4)
Increase in allowance	—		(1)
Allowance for credit losses as of March 31	$	(5)	$	(5)

INVENTORIES

The following table presents the detail of our Inventories on the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Product inventories
Finished and semi-finished goods	$	2,500	$	2,573
Raw materials	1,535		1,476
Total product inventories	4,035		4,049
Manufacturing supplies and critical spares	414		411
Inventories	$	4,449	$	4,460

SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE PROGRAMS

We negotiate payment terms directly with our suppliers for the purchase of goods and services. We currently offer voluntary supply chain finance programs that enable our suppliers to sell their Cliffs receivables to financial intermediaries, at the sole discretion of both the suppliers and financial intermediaries. No guarantees are provided by us or our subsidiaries under the supply chain finance programs. The supply chain finance programs allow our suppliers to be paid by the financial intermediaries earlier than the due date on the applicable invoice. Supply chain finance programs that extend terms or provide us an economic benefit are classified as short-term financings. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had $25 million and $21 million, respectively, deemed as short-term financings that are classified in Other current liabilities. Additionally, as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had $89 million and $91 million, respectively, classified as Accounts payable.

WEIRTON INDEFINITE IDLE

During the first quarter of 2024, we announced the indefinite idle of our tinplate production plant located in Weirton, West Virginia. As a result of the announcement of the indefinite idle, we recorded Restructuring and other charges of $104 million for severance, other employee-related benefits and asset retirement obligation charges and Asset impairments of $64 million during the three months ended March 31, 2024.

CASH FLOW INFORMATION

A reconciliation of capital additions to cash paid for capital expenditures is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Capital additions	$	157	$	128
Less:
Non-cash accruals	(45)		(76)
Right-of-use assets - finance leases	20		16
Cash paid for capital expenditures including deposits	$	182	$	188

Cash payments (receipts) for income taxes and interest are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Income taxes paid	$	1	$	1
Income tax refunds	(2)		(26)
Interest paid on debt obligations net of capitalized interest1	53		79
1 Capitalized interest was $4 million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

8

NOTE 3 - REVENUES

We generate our revenue through product sales, in which shipping terms indicate when we have fulfilled our performance obligations and transferred control of products to our customer. Our revenue transactions consist of a single performance obligation to transfer promised goods. Our contracts with customers define the mechanism for determining the sales price, which is generally fixed upon transfer of control, but the contracts generally do not impose a specific quantity on either party. Quantities to be delivered to the customer are determined at a point near the date of delivery through purchase orders or other written instructions we receive from the customer. Spot market sales are made through purchase orders or other written instructions. We consider our performance obligation to be complete and recognize revenue when control transfers in accordance with shipping terms.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring product. We reduce the amount of revenue recognized for estimated returns and other customer credits, such as discounts and volume rebates, based on the expected value to be realized. Payment terms are consistent with terms standard to the markets we serve. Sales taxes collected from customers are excluded from revenues.

The following table represents our Revenues by market:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Steelmaking:
Direct automotive	$	1,617	$	1,870
Infrastructure and manufacturing	1,392		1,297
Distributors and converters	1,412		1,258
Steel producers	606		701
Total Steelmaking	5,027		5,126
Other Businesses:
Direct automotive	140		139
Infrastructure and manufacturing	10		10
Distributors and converters	22		20
Total Other Businesses	172		169
Total revenues	$	5,199	$	5,295

The following tables represent our Revenues by product line:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Steelmaking:
Hot-rolled steel	$	1,128	$	1,121
Cold-rolled steel	749		639
Coated steel	1,623		1,617
Stainless and electrical steel	461		574
Plate	333		331
Slab and other steel products	335		327
Other	398		517
Total Steelmaking	5,027		5,126
Other Businesses:
Other	172		169
Total revenues	$	5,199	$	5,295

9

NOTE 4 - SEGMENT REPORTING

We are vertically integrated from mined raw materials and direct reduced iron and ferrous scrap to primary steelmaking and downstream finishing, stamping, tooling and tubing. We are organized into four operating segments based on our differentiated products – Steelmaking, Tubular, Tooling and Stamping, and European Operations. We have one reportable segment – Steelmaking. The operating segment results of our Tubular, Tooling and Stamping, and European Operations that do not constitute reportable segments are combined and disclosed in the Other Businesses category. Our Steelmaking segment operates as the largest flat-rolled steel producer supported by being the largest iron ore pellet producer as well as a leading prime scrap processor in North America, primarily serving the automotive, distributors and converters, and infrastructure and manufacturing markets. Our Other Businesses primarily include the operating segments that provide customer solutions with carbon and stainless steel tubing products, advanced-engineered solutions, tool design and build, hot- and cold-stamped steel components, and complex assemblies. All intersegment transactions were eliminated in consolidation. We allocate Corporate Selling, general and administrative expenses to our operating segments.

We evaluate performance on an operating segment basis, as well as a consolidated basis, based on Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP measure. This measure is used by management, investors, lenders and other external users of our financial statements to assess our operating performance and to compare operating performance to other companies in the steel industry. In addition, management believes Adjusted EBITDA is a useful measure to assess the earnings power of the business without the impact of capital structure and can be used to assess our ability to service debt and fund future capital expenditures in the business.

Our results by segment are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Revenues:
Steelmaking	$	5,027	$	5,126
Other Businesses	172		169
Total revenues	$	5,199	$	5,295
Adjusted EBITDA:
Steelmaking	$	395	$	240
Other Businesses	17		8
Eliminations	2		(5)
Total Adjusted EBITDA	$	414	$	243

The following table provides a reconciliation of our consolidated Net loss to total Adjusted EBITDA:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Net loss	$	(53)	$	(42)
Less:
Interest expense, net	(64)		(77)
Income tax benefit	8		13
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	(230)		(242)
	233		264
Less:
EBITDA of noncontrolling interests1	21		23
Weirton indefinite idle2	(177)		—
Loss on extinguishment of debt	(21)		—
Other, net	(4)		(2)
Total Adjusted EBITDA	$	414	$	243
1 EBITDA of noncontrolling interests includes the following:
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	$	14	$	15
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	7		8
EBITDA of noncontrolling interests	$	21	$	23
2 Refer to NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION for further information.

10

The following table summarizes our depreciation, depletion and amortization and capital additions by segment:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Depreciation, depletion and amortization:
Steelmaking	$	(222)	$	(231)
Other Businesses	(8)		(11)
Total depreciation, depletion and amortization	$	(230)	$	(242)
Capital additions1:
Steelmaking	$	156	$	127
Other Businesses	1		1
Total capital additions	$	157	$	128
1 Refer to NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION for additional information.

The following summarizes our assets by segment:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Assets:
Steelmaking	$	16,738	$	16,880
Other Businesses	658		657
Intersegment eliminations	(505)		(507)
Total segment assets	16,891		17,030
Corporate	345		507
Total assets	$	17,236	$	17,537

NOTE 5 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The following table indicates the carrying value of each of the major classes of our depreciable assets:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Land, land improvements and mineral rights	$	1,388	$	1,389
Buildings	935		946
Equipment	9,701		9,680
Other	314		302
Construction in progress	625		590
Total property, plant and equipment1	12,963		12,907
Allowance for depreciation and depletion	(4,192)		(4,012)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	8,771	$	8,895
1 Includes right-of-use assets related to finance leases of $315 million and $306 million as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

We recorded depreciation and depletion expense of $227 million and $239 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

During the three months ended March 31, 2024, we announced the indefinite idle of our Weirton tinplate production plant, which resulted in a $46 million impairment charge to Property, plant and equipment, net.

NOTE 6 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

GOODWILL

The following is a summary of Goodwill by segment:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Steelmaking	$	956	$	956
Other Businesses	49		49
Total goodwill	$	1,005	$	1,005

11

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The following is a summary of our intangible assets and liabilities:

	March 31, 2024						December 31, 2023
(In millions)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount
Intangible assets1:
Customer relationships	$	90	$	(20)	$	70	$	90	$	(18)	$	72
Developed technology	60		(15)		45		60		(14)		46
Trade names and trademarks	18		(5)		13		18		(5)		13
Mining permits	72		(28)		44		72		(28)		44
Supplier relationships	29		(4)		25		29		(3)		26
Total intangible assets	$	269	$	(72)	$	197	$	269	$	(68)	$	201
Intangible liabilities2:
Above-market supply contracts	$	(71)	$	25	$	(46)	$	(71)	$	24	$	(47)
1 Intangible assets are classified as Other non-current assets. Amortization related to mining permits is recognized in Cost of goods sold. Amortization of all other intangible assets is recognized in Selling, general and administrative expenses.
2 Intangible liabilities are classified as Other non-current liabilities. Amortization of all intangible liabilities is recognized in Cost of goods sold.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $4 million for both the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023. Estimated future amortization expense is $9 million for the remainder of 2024 and $13 million annually for the years 2025 through 2029.

Income from amortization related to the intangible liabilities was $1 million for both the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023. Estimated future income from amortization is $4 million for the remainder of 2024 and $5 million annually for the years 2025 through 2029.

NOTE 7 - DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES

The following represents a summary of our long-term debt:

(In millions)
Debt Instrument	Issuer1	Annual Effective Interest Rate	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Senior Secured Notes:
6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes	Cliffs	6.990%	$	189	$	829
Senior Unsecured Notes:
7.000% 2027 Senior Notes	Cliffs	9.240%	73		73
7.000% 2027 AK Senior Notes	AK Steel	9.240%	56		56
5.875% 2027 Senior Notes	Cliffs	6.490%	556		556
4.625% 2029 Senior Notes	Cliffs	4.625%	368		368
6.750% 2030 Senior Notes	Cliffs	6.750%	750		750
4.875% 2031 Senior Notes	Cliffs	4.875%	325		325
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes	Cliffs	7.000%	825		—
6.250% 2040 Senior Notes	Cliffs	6.340%	235		235
ABL Facility	Cliffs2	Variable3	342		—
Total principal amount			3,719		3,192
Unamortized discounts and issuance costs			(55)		(55)
Total long-term debt			$	3,664	$	3,137
1 Unless otherwise noted, references in this column and throughout this NOTE 7 - DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES to "Cliffs" are to Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., and references to "AK Steel" are to AK Steel Corporation (n/k/a Cleveland-Cliffs Steel Corporation).
2 Refers to Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. as borrower under our ABL Facility.
3 Our ABL Facility annual effective interest rate was 6.776% as of March 31, 2024.

7.000% 2032 SENIOR NOTES OFFERING

On March 18, 2024, we entered into an indenture among Cliffs, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, relating to the issuance of $825 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes, which were issued at par. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes were issued in a private placement transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

12

The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.000% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2024. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes mature on March 15, 2032.

The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes are unsecured senior obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our material direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes.

The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time at our option not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after prior notice is sent to the holders of the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes are redeemable prior to March 15, 2027, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus a "make-whole" premium set forth in the indenture. We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes prior to March 15, 2027, at a redemption price equal to 107.000% of the principal amount thereof with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes are redeemable beginning on March 15, 2027, at a redemption price equal to 103.500% of the principal amount thereof, decreasing to 101.750% on March 15, 2028, and are redeemable at par beginning on March 15, 2029. In each case, we pay the applicable redemption or "make-whole" premiums plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption.

In addition, if a change in control triggering event, as defined in the indenture, occurs with respect to the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes, we will be required to offer to repurchase the notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase.

The terms of the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes contain certain customary covenants; however, there are no financial covenants.

DEBT EXTINGUISHMENTS

On March 18, 2024, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance to repurchase $640 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes pursuant to a tender offer. On April 3, 2024, we redeemed the remaining $189 million in aggregate principal amount of our then-outstanding 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes with the remaining portion of the net proceeds from the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance and available liquidity.

ABL FACILITY

As of March 31, 2024, we were in compliance with the ABL Facility liquidity requirements and, therefore, the springing financial covenant requiring a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 was not applicable.

The following represents a summary of our borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024
Available borrowing base on ABL Facility1	$	4,398
Borrowings	(342)
Letter of credit obligations2	(56)
Borrowing capacity available	$	4,000
1 As of March 31, 2024, the ABL Facility has a maximum available borrowing base of $4.75 billion. The borrowing base is determined by applying customary advance rates to eligible accounts receivable, inventory and certain mobile equipment.
2 We issued standby letters of credit with certain financial institutions in order to support business obligations, including, but not limited to, operating agreements, employee severance, environmental obligations, workers' compensation and insurance obligations.

DEBT MATURITIES

The following represents a summary of our maturities of debt instruments based on the principal amounts outstanding at March 31, 2024 (in millions):

2024		2025		2026		2027		2028		Thereafter		Total
$	—	$	—	$	189	$	685	$	342	$	2,503	$	3,719

13

NOTE 8 - PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

We offer defined benefit pension plans, defined contribution pension plans and OPEB plans to a significant portion of our employees and retirees. Benefits are also provided through multiemployer plans for certain union members.

The following are the components of defined benefit pension and OPEB costs (credits):

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION COSTS (CREDITS)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Service cost	$	7	$	8
Interest cost	55		59
Expected return on plan assets	(80)		(79)
Amortization:
Prior service costs	4		4
Net actuarial loss	—		1
Net periodic benefit credits	$	(14)	$	(7)

OPEB COSTS (CREDITS)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Service cost	$	2	$	2
Interest cost	12		16
Expected return on plan assets	(11)		(11)
Termination benefits1	2		—
Amortization:
Prior service credits	(4)		(4)
Net actuarial gain	(38)		(36)
Net periodic benefit credits	$	(37)	$	(33)
1 The termination benefits relate to the announcement of the indefinite idle of our Weirton tinplate production plant.

Based on funding requirements, we made nominal defined benefit pension contributions for both the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023. Based on funding requirements, we made no contributions to our voluntary employee benefit association trust plans for both the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023.

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES

Our effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2024 is 13%, compared to 23% for the three months ended March 31, 2023. The change in the effective tax rate, as compared to the prior comparable period, is primarily related to depletion in excess of state income tax expense and the impact of immaterial discrete items relative to pre-tax income.

NOTE 10 - ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS

The accrued closure obligation provides for contractual and legal obligations related to our indefinitely idled and closed operations and for the eventual closure of our active operations. The closure date for each of our active mine sites was determined based on the exhaustion date of the remaining mineral reserves, and the amortization of the related asset and accretion of the liability is recognized over the estimated mine lives. The closure date and expected timing of the capital requirements to meet our obligations for our indefinitely idled or closed mines is determined based on the unique circumstances of each property. For indefinitely idled or closed mines, the accretion of the liability is recognized over the anticipated timing of remediation. Asset retirement obligations at our active steelmaking operations primarily include the closure and post-closure care for on-site landfills and other waste containment facilities. Asset retirement obligations have been recorded at present values using settlement dates based on when we expect these facilities to reach capacity and close.

14

The following is a summary of our asset retirement obligations:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Asset retirement obligations1	$	510	$	459
Less: current portion	61		15
Long-term asset retirement obligations	$	449	$	444
1 Includes $263 million and $259 million related to our active operations as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

The following is a roll-forward of our asset retirement obligations:

(In millions)	2024		2023
Asset retirement obligations as of January 1	$	459	$	520
Accretion expense	5		8
Revision in estimated cash flows	48		—
Remediation payments	(2)		(4)
Asset retirement obligations as of March 31	$	510	$	524

During the first quarter of 2024, we announced the indefinite idle of our Weirton tinplate production plant, resulting in an increase to our asset retirement obligations as a result of acceleration of the timing and refinement in the cost of required remediation.

NOTE 11 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The carrying values of certain financial instruments (e.g., Accounts receivable, net, Accounts payable and Other current liabilities) approximate fair value and, therefore, have been excluded from the table below. See NOTE 12 - DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING for information on our derivative instruments, which are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis.

A summary of the carrying value and fair value of other financial instruments were as follows:

		March 31, 2024				December 31, 2023
(In millions)	Valuation Hierarchy Classification	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
Senior notes	Level 1	$	3,322	$	3,323	$	3,137	$	3,118
ABL Facility - outstanding balance	Level 2	342		342		—		—
Total		$	3,664	$	3,665	$	3,137	$	3,118

The valuation of the financial asset classified in Level 2 was determined using a market approach based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or other inputs that were observable.

NOTE 12 - DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING

We are exposed to fluctuations in market prices of raw materials and energy sources. We may use cash-settled commodity swaps to hedge the market risk associated with the purchase of certain of our raw materials and energy requirements. Our hedging strategy is to reduce the effect on earnings from the price volatility of these various commodity exposures, including timing differences between when we incur raw material commodity costs and when we receive sales surcharges from our customers based on those raw materials.

Our commodity contracts are designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes, and we record the gains and losses for the derivatives in Accumulated other comprehensive income until we reclassify them into Cost of goods sold when we recognize the associated underlying operating costs. Refer to NOTE 14 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME for further information.

Our commodity contracts are classified as Level 2 as values were determined using a market approach based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or other inputs that were observable.

The following table presents the notional amount of our outstanding hedge contracts:

			Notional Amount
Commodity Contracts	Unit of Measure	Maturity Dates	March 31, 2024	December 31, 2023
Natural Gas	MMBtu	April 2024 - November 2026	167,430,000	168,590,000
Electricity	Megawatt hours	April 2024 - April 2027	3,634,635	3,501,898

As of March 31, 2024, we expect to reclassify $149 million of net losses related to our hedge contracts from Accumulated other comprehensive income into Cost of goods sold during the next 12 months.

15

The following table presents the fair value of our outstanding cash flow hedges and the classification in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position:

Balance Sheet Location (In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Other current assets	$	1	$	—
Other non-current assets	4		1
Other current liabilities	(102)		(105)
Other non-current liabilities	(32)		(52)

NOTE 13 - CAPITAL STOCK

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

On February 10, 2022, our Board of Directors authorized a program to repurchase outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which may include purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans or accelerated share repurchases, up to a maximum of $1 billion. As of March 31, 2024, we have fully utilized the $1 billion share repurchase authorization. During the three months ended March 31, 2024, we repurchased 30.4 million common shares at a cost of $608 million, excluding any excise tax due under the Inflation Reduction Act. During the three months ended March 31, 2023, we had no share buybacks.

PREFERRED STOCK

We have 3 million shares of Serial Preferred Stock, Class A, without par value, authorized and 4 million shares of Serial Preferred Stock, Class B, without par value, authorized. No preferred shares are issued or outstanding.

NOTE 14 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The components of Accumulated other comprehensive income within Cliffs shareholders’ equity and related tax effects allocated to each are shown below:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Foreign Currency Translation
Beginning balance	$	—	$	(1)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	(1)		—
Ending balance	$	(1)	$	(1)
Derivative Instruments
Beginning balance	$	(170)	$	(16)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	(33)		(177)
Income tax	8		44
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax	(25)		(133)
Losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI to net loss1	59		(25)
Income tax expense (benefit)2	(14)		6
Net losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI to net loss	45		(19)
Ending balance	$	(150)	$	(168)
Pension and OPEB
Beginning balance	$	1,827	$	1,847
Gains reclassified from AOCI to net loss3	(38)		(35)
Income tax expense2	10		8
Net gains reclassified from AOCI to net loss	(28)		(27)
Ending balance	$	1,799	$	1,820
Total AOCI Ending Balance	$	1,648	$	1,651
1 Amounts recognized in Cost of goods sold in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations.
2 Amounts recognized in Income tax benefit in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations.
3 Amounts recognized in Net periodic benefit credits other than service cost component in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations.

16

NOTE 15 - VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

SUNCOKE MIDDLETOWN

We purchase all the coke and electrical power generated from SunCoke Middletown’s plant under long-term supply agreements and have committed to purchase all the expected production from the facility through 2032. We consolidate SunCoke Middletown as a VIE because we are the primary beneficiary despite having no ownership interest in SunCoke Middletown. SunCoke Middletown had income before income taxes of $15 million and $17 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, that was included in our consolidated income before income taxes. Additionally, SunCoke Middletown had cash used for capital expenditures of $4 million and $5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Cash used for capital expenditures are included in our consolidated Purchase of property, plant and equipment on the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Cash Flows.

The assets of the consolidated VIE can only be used to settle the obligations of the consolidated VIE and not obligations of the Company. The creditors of SunCoke Middletown do not have recourse to the assets or general credit of the Company to satisfy liabilities of the VIE. The Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position includes the following amounts for SunCoke Middletown:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Inventories	$	32	$	29
Property, plant and equipment, net	286		288
Accounts payable	(18)		(26)
Other assets (liabilities), net	(41)		(39)
Noncontrolling interests	(259)		(252)

NOTE 16 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted EPS:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions, except per share amounts)	2024		2023
Loss from continuing operations	$	(53)	$	(43)
Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests	(14)		(15)
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Cliffs shareholders	(67)		(58)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	—		1
Net loss attributable to Cliffs shareholders	$	(67)	$	(57)
Weighted average number of shares:
Basic	492		515
Employee stock plans1	—		—
Diluted	492		515
Loss per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - basic:
Continuing operations	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Discontinued operations	—		—
	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Loss per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - diluted:
Continuing operations	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Discontinued operations	—		—
	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
1 For the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, we had 2 million and 1 million shares, respectively, related to employee stock plans that were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation as they were anti-dilutive.

17

NOTE 17 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

PURCHASE COMMITMENTS

We purchase portions of the principal raw materials required for our steel manufacturing operations under annual and multi-year agreements, some of which have minimum quantity requirements. We also use large volumes of natural gas, electricity and industrial gases in our steel manufacturing operations. We negotiate most of our purchases of chrome, industrial gases and a portion of our electricity under multi-year agreements. Our purchases of coke are made under annual or multi-year agreements with periodic price adjustments. We typically purchase coal under annual fixed-price agreements. We also purchase certain transportation services under multi-year contracts with minimum quantity requirements.

OTHER COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

We use surety bonds and letters of credit to provide financial assurance for certain obligations and statutory requirements. As of March 31, 2024, we had $258 million of surety-backed letters of credit and surety bonds outstanding. Additionally, as of March 31, 2024, we had $56 million of outstanding letters of credit issued under our ABL Facility.

CONTINGENCIES

We are currently the subject of, or party to, various claims and legal proceedings incidental to our current and historical operations. These claims and legal proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties and unfavorable rulings could occur. An unfavorable ruling could include monetary damages, additional funding requirements or an injunction. If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations for the period in which the ruling occurs or future periods. However, based on currently available information, we do not believe that any pending claims or legal proceedings will result in a material adverse effect in relation to our consolidated financial statements.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTINGENCIES

Although we believe our operating practices have been consistent with prevailing industry standards, hazardous materials may have been released at operating sites or third-party sites in the past, including operating sites that we no longer own. If we reasonably can, we estimate potential remediation expenditures for those sites where future remediation efforts are probable based on identified conditions, regulatory requirements, or contractual obligations arising from the sale of a business or facility. For sites involving government required investigations, we typically make an estimate of potential remediation expenditures only after the investigation is complete and when we better understand the nature and scope of the remediation. In general, the material factors in these estimates include the costs associated with investigations, delineations, risk assessments, remedial work, governmental response and oversight, site monitoring, and preparation of reports to the appropriate environmental agencies.

The following is a summary of our environmental obligations:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Environmental obligations	$	134	$	134
Less: current portion	21		21
Long-term environmental obligations	$	113	$	113

We cannot predict the ultimate costs for each site with certainty because of the evolving nature of the investigation and remediation process. Rather, to estimate the probable costs, we must make certain assumptions. The most significant of these assumptions is for the nature and scope of the work that will be necessary to investigate and remediate a particular site and the cost of that work. Other significant assumptions include the cleanup technology that will be used, whether and to what extent any other parties will participate in paying the investigation and remediation costs, reimbursement of past response costs and future oversight costs by governmental agencies, and the reaction of the governing environmental agencies to the proposed work plans. Costs for future investigation and remediation are not discounted to their present value, unless the amount and timing of the cash disbursements are readily known. To the extent that we have been able to reasonably estimate future liabilities, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that we will incur a loss or losses that exceed the amounts we accrued for the environmental matters discussed below that would, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, since we recognize amounts in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP that exclude potential losses that are not probable or that may not be currently estimable, the ultimate costs of these environmental matters may be higher than the liabilities we currently have recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, which governs the treatment, handling and disposal of hazardous waste, the EPA and authorized state environmental agencies may conduct inspections of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act-regulated facilities to identify areas where there have been releases of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents into the environment and may order the facilities to take corrective action to remediate such releases. Likewise, the EPA or the states may require closure or post-closure care of residual, industrial and hazardous waste management units. Environmental regulators have the authority to inspect all of our facilities. While we cannot predict the future actions of these regulators, it is possible that they may identify conditions in future inspections of these facilities that they believe require corrective action.

18

Pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the EPA and state environmental authorities have conducted site investigations at some of our facilities and other third-party facilities, portions of which previously may have been used for disposal of materials that are currently regulated. The results of these investigations are still pending, and we could be directed to spend funds for remedial activities at the former disposal areas. Because of the uncertain status of these investigations, however, we cannot reasonably predict whether or when such spending might be required or its magnitude.

In addition to the foregoing matters, we are or may be involved in proceedings with various regulatory authorities that may require us to pay fines, comply with more rigorous standards or other requirements or incur capital and operating expenses for environmental compliance. We believe that the ultimate disposition of any such proceedings will not have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

TAX MATTERS

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. If we ultimately determine that payment of these amounts is unnecessary, we reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit during the period in which we determine that the liability is no longer necessary. We also recognize tax benefits to the extent that it is more likely than not that our positions will be sustained when challenged by the taxing authorities. To the extent we prevail in matters for which liabilities have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our liabilities, our effective tax rate in a given period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would require use of our cash and result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the year of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the year of resolution.

OTHER CONTINGENCIES

In addition to the matters discussed above, there are various pending and potential claims against us and our subsidiaries involving product liability, personal injury, commercial, employee benefits and other matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Because of the considerable uncertainties that exist for any claim, it is difficult to reliably or accurately estimate what the amount of a loss would be if a claimant prevails. If material assumptions or factual understandings we rely on to evaluate exposure for these contingencies prove to be inaccurate or otherwise change, we may be required to record a liability for an adverse outcome. If, however, we have reasonably evaluated potential future liabilities for all of these contingencies, including those described more specifically above, it is our opinion, unless we otherwise noted, that the ultimate liability from these contingencies, individually or in the aggregate, should not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 18 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 3, 2024, we redeemed the remaining $189 million in aggregate principal amount of our then-outstanding 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes with the remaining portion of the net proceeds from the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance and available liquidity.

Effective April 22, 2024, our Board of Directors authorized a new program to repurchase outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which may include purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans or accelerated share repurchases, up to a maximum of $1.5 billion.

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is designed to provide a reader of our financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of management on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and other factors that may affect our future results. We believe it is important to read our Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, as well as other publicly available information.

OVERVIEW

We are the largest flat-rolled steel producer in North America. Founded in 1847 as a mine operator, we are also the largest manufacturer of iron ore pellets in North America. We are vertically integrated from mined raw materials, direct reduced iron and ferrous scrap to primary steelmaking and downstream finishing, stamping, tooling and tubing. We are the largest supplier of steel to the automotive industry in North America and serve a diverse range of other markets due to our comprehensive offering of flat-rolled steel products. Headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio, we employ approximately 28,000 people across our operations in the United States and Canada.

19

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

The following is a summary of our consolidated results for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023 (in millions, except for diluted EPS):

Total Revenue Net Loss Adjusted EBITDA Diluted EPS

See "— Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below for a reconciliation of our Net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

ECONOMIC OVERVIEW

STEEL MARKET OVERVIEW

Steel market conditions in the first quarter of 2024 were driven by continued strength in light vehicle production but also inconsistent service center buying behavior and higher import levels. The price for domestic HRC, the most significant index impacting our revenues and profitability, averaged $941 per net ton for the first quarter of 2024, 8% higher than the first quarter of 2023, and significantly above the prior annual ten-year average of approximately $775 per net ton. Import levels were elevated at the beginning of the year as HRC pricing spreads between the U.S. and other regions started increasing in the fourth quarter of 2023. Demand for steel from automotive manufacturers remained strong throughout the first quarter of 2024 after 2023 North American light vehicle production of 15.7 million units was the highest level since 2019. Steel demand from service centers was inconsistent during the first quarter of 2024, as service center inventory levels were reduced to 1.9 months on hand as the HRC price declined, after ending 2023 at 2.2 months of inventory on hand. Looking forward, we expect domestic steel demand to grow as automotive production continues to remain strong, end-user demand for our service center customers remains healthy and incremental steel demand stimulated by recent government legislation is realized.

The Infrastructure and Jobs Act, the CHIPS Act and the Inflation Reduction Act should continue to provide meaningful support for overall domestic steel demand throughout the remainder of 2024 and in the coming years. Our extensive portfolio of products should result in increased steel demand from most of our end markets. The Infrastructure and Jobs Act includes approximately $550 billion of authorized spending for new investments and programs. This legislation provides direct spending support for roads, bridges and other infrastructure projects, including upgrades to the domestic power grid and building out a national network of EV chargers. The CHIPS Act promotes semiconductor manufacturing in the U.S., which should help support non-residential construction as well as machinery and equipment. The Inflation Reduction Act provides incentives for the use of domestic steel for investments in clean energy projects, including wind and solar projects, which consume a substantial amount of steel. Additionally, the on-shoring of manufacturing in the U.S. should reduce the risk of supply chain issues in the future.

OTHER KEY DRIVERS

The largest market for our steel products is the automotive industry in North America, which makes light vehicle production a key driver of demand. During the first quarter of 2024, North American light vehicle production was approximately 3.9 million units, up from 3.8 million units in the fourth quarter of 2023, which was adversely impacted by the United Auto Workers strike. Full-year 2024 North American light vehicle production is estimated to exceed 16.0 million units, which would be the highest level since 2019. North American light vehicle production in 2025 and beyond is also estimated to exceed 16.0 million units annually, implying continued strong demand for years to come. During the first quarter of 2024, light vehicle sales in the U.S. saw an average seasonally adjusted annualized rate of 15.4 million units sold, an increase from 15.1 million units sold rate for same period during 2023. Additionally, the average age of light vehicles on the road in the U.S. is at an all-time high of 12.5 years, which should support demand as older vehicles need to be replaced. As the leading supplier of automotive-grade steel in the U.S., we expect to benefit from increased vehicle production over the coming years.

Since 2021, the price for busheling scrap, a necessary input for flat-rolled steel production in EAFs in the U.S., has continued to average well above the prior annual ten-year average of approximately $400 per long ton. The busheling price averaged $464 per long ton during the first quarter of 2024. We expect the supply of busheling scrap to further tighten due to decreasing prime scrap generation from original equipment manufacturers and the growth of EAF capacity in the U.S., reduced metallics import availability, and a push for expanded scrap use globally. As we are fully integrated and have primarily a blast furnace footprint, increased prices for busheling scrap in the U.S. bolster our competitive advantage, as we source the majority of our iron feedstock from our stable-cost mining and pelletizing operations in Minnesota and Michigan.

20

As for iron ore, the Platts 62% price averaged $124 per metric ton in the first quarter of 2024, which is 30% higher than the prior annual ten-year average. While higher iron ore prices play a role in increased steel prices, we also directly benefit from higher iron ore prices for the portion of iron ore pellets we sell to third parties.

OTHER FACTORS

On April 4, 2024, the DOE issued its final transformer efficiency standards rule that will provide for the continued utilization of GOES in virtually all of our distribution transformer end markets. With the revised rule, the DOE acknowledged the fundamental importance of GOES and the essential role played by our steel plants in Butler, Pennsylvania and Zanesville, Ohio in effectively sustaining the functionality of the U.S. electric grid. The originally proposed distribution transformer rule would have required the use of amorphous metal in nearly all transformer production in the U.S., putting demand for our GOES product at serious risk. The final rule provides clarity going forward on production requirements, allowing for increased investments in the transformer market, which should ultimately lead to increased GOES demand.

On February 15, 2024, we announced the indefinite idling of our tinplate production plant located in Weirton, West Virginia. The idling of Weirton occurred in April 2024. We produced tin mill products primarily used for canned food packaging at our Weirton facility and historically sold approximately 300,000 net tons per year, representing approximately 2% of our total steel sales volumes. The need to idle our Weirton facility arose as a direct result of the unanimous decision of the U.S. International Trade Commission negating the implementation of anti-dumping and countervailing duties on imported tin mill products calculated by the Department of Commerce. In January 2023, we announced that we partnered with the USW and filed antidumping and countervailing duty petitions against eight countries related to unfairly traded tin and chromium coated sheet steel products. After finding evidence of dumping and subsidization, on January 5, 2024, the Department of Commerce announced duties on four countries, including Canada, China, Germany and South Korea. Despite these findings, the U.S. International Trade Commission unanimously rejected these trade remedies on February 6, 2024, which ultimately led to the indefinite idling of our Weirton facility.

During 2023, we significantly reduced costs compared to the prior year, as we had higher production volume and normalized repair and maintenance spending, and inflationary pressures on input and energy costs eased. We expect to continue to reduce costs in 2024, as we have worked through higher cost inventory, production volumes should remain similar, and reductions in even lower natural gas prices and coal and alloy costs should mitigate any inflationary cost increases.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

As the leading flat-rolled steel producer in North America, we benefit from having the size and scale necessary in a competitive, capital intensive business. Our sizeable operating footprint provides us with the operational leverage and flexibility to achieve competitive margins throughout the business cycle. We also have a unique vertically integrated profile from mined raw materials, direct reduced iron, and ferrous scrap to primary steelmaking and downstream finishing, stamping, tooling and tubing. This positioning gives us more predictable costs throughout our supply chain and more control over both our manufacturing inputs and our end-product destination.

One of our most critical strengths that differentiates us from others in our industry is a unique and powerful partnership with our unionized workforce, particularly the USW. With approximately 20,000 employees subject to collective bargaining agreements, our strong and productive labor relationships are key to our long-term success and allow us to work together in achieving our goals. A clear example of the strength of our relationship is how we partner together to fight against dumped and illegally subsidized imported steel products. Our deep alignment with our represented employees is also recognized by our political leaders, who often publicly support us as a significant employer of a unionized workforce with a track record of working to maintain and increase middle class jobs.

Our primary competitive strength lies within our automotive steel business. We are a leading supplier of automotive-grade steel in the U.S. Compared to other steel end markets, automotive steel is generally higher quality, more operationally and technologically intensive to produce, and requires significantly more devotion to customer service than other steel end markets. This dedication to service and the infrastructure in place to meet our automotive customers’ demanding needs took decades to develop. We have continued to invest capital and resources to meet the requirements needed to serve the automotive industry and intend to maintain our position as an industry leader going forward.

Due to its demanding nature, the automotive steel business typically generates higher through-the-cycle margins, making it a desirable end market. Demand for our automotive-grade steel is expected to remain strong in the coming years as a result of low unemployment, pent-up automotive demand arising out of supply chain issues and the replacement of older vehicles.

Our footprint provides us with a competitive advantage in supplying automotive and other highly demanding end markets, as we are able to produce a wide range of high-quality products. Our integrated facilities utilize domestic internally sourced iron ore as the primary feedstock, which allows us to produce a high-quality product with low residual content. We also possess the breadth and depth related to customer service, technical support, and research and development, which are necessary to supply the demanding needs of the automotive industry.

Since the acquisition of our steelmaking assets, we have dedicated significant resources to maintain and upgrade our facilities and equipment. The quality of our assets gives us a unique advantage in product offerings and operational efficiencies. After elevated spend in 2022 to perform overdue maintenance work at the facilities acquired as part of the 2020 acquisitions, we resumed normalized levels of maintenance capital and operating expenses in 2023. The necessary resources that we have invested in our footprint are expected to keep our assets at an automotive-grade level of quality and reliability for years to come.

21

Our industry leading portfolio of fixed price contracts provides us a competitive advantage, as the steel industry is often viewed as volatile and subject to the market price of steel. Our fixed price contracts mitigate pricing volatility and support us in achieving healthy margins through the cycle.

Our ability to source our primary feedstock domestically and internally is a competitive strength. This model reduces our exposure to volatile pricing and unreliable global sourcing. The ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, along with other global tensions, has displayed the importance of our U.S.-centric footprint, as our competitors who primarily operate EAF facilities rely on imported pig iron to produce flat-rolled steel, the supply of which has been disrupted. The best example is our legacy business of producing iron ore pellets. By controlling our iron ore pellet supply, our primary steelmaking raw material feedstock can be secured at a stable and predictable cost and not be subject to as many factors outside of our control.

We believe we offer the most comprehensive flat-rolled steel product selection in the industry, along with several complementary products and services. A sampling of our offering includes advanced high-strength steel, hot-dipped galvanized, aluminized, galvalume, electrogalvanized, galvanneal, HRC, cold-rolled coil, plate, GOES, NOES, stainless steels, tool and die, stamped components, rail, slab and cast ingot. Across the quality spectrum and the supply chain, our customers can frequently find the solutions they need from our product selection.

We are currently a leading producer of electrical steels referred to as GOES and NOES in the U.S. In November 2021, the Infrastructure and Jobs Act was passed in the U.S., which provides funding to be used for the modernization of the electrical grid and the infrastructure needed to allow for increased EV adoption, both of which require electrical steels. Our electrical steel business is expected to achieve strong profitability in the coming years. During 2023, we commissioned our NOES expansion at our Zanesville facility, which increased our annual capacity by approximately 70,000 net tons.

We are the first and the only producer of HBI in the Great Lakes region. Construction of our Toledo direct reduction plant was completed in the fourth quarter of 2020 and reached full run-rate nameplate annual capacity of 1.9 million metric tons during the middle of 2021. From this modern plant, we produce a high-quality, low-cost and low-carbon intensive HBI product that can be used in our blast furnaces as a productivity enhancer, or in our BOFs and EAFs as a premium scrap alternative. We use HBI to stretch our hot metal production, lowering carbon intensity and reliance on coke. With increasing tightness in the scrap and metallics markets combined with our own internal needs, we expect our Toledo direct reduction plant to support healthy margins for us going forward.

STRATEGY

MAXIMIZE OUR COMMERCIAL STRENGTHS

We offer a full suite of flat steel products encompassing effectively all of our customers' needs. We are a leading supplier to the automotive sector, where our portfolio of high-end products delivers a broad range of differentiated solutions for this highly sought after customer base.

As a result of our exposure to these high-end markets, we have the highest fixed price contractual volumes in our industry. Approximately 40-45% of our volumes are sold under these contracts. These contracts reduce volatility and allow for more predictable through-the-cycle margins. In addition to our fixed price contracts, we also sell significant volumes under index-linked contracts, which reduces our reliance on spot sales and allows us to improve our efficiency with more stable volumes.

Our unique capabilities, driven by our portfolio of assets and technical expertise, give us an advantage in our flat-rolled product offering. We offer products that have superior formability, surface quality, strength and corrosion resistance for the automotive industry. In addition, our state-of-the-art Research and Innovation Center in Middletown, Ohio gives us the ability to collaborate with our customers and create new products and develop new and efficient steel manufacturing processes. During 2022, we introduced our MOTOR-MAX™ product line of NOES for high frequency motors and generators. During 2023, we introduced our C-STAR™ protection design, which was developed for the purpose of providing EV battery protection for improved safety purposes, but can be used in any type of light vehicle. These unique product offerings and customer service capabilities enable us to remain a leading steel supplier to the automotive industry.

OPTIMIZE OUR FULLY-INTEGRATED STEELMAKING FOOTPRINT

We are a fully-integrated steel enterprise with the size and scale to achieve margins above industry averages for flat-rolled steel. Our focus remains on realizing our inherent cost advantage in flat-rolled steel while also lowering carbon emissions. The combination of our ferrous raw materials, including iron ore, scrap and HBI, allows us to do so relative to peers who must rely on more unpredictable and unreliable raw material sourcing strategies.

We have ample access to scrap along with internally sourced iron ore pellets and HBI. Our ability to optimize use of these raw materials in our blast furnaces and BOFs ultimately boosts liquid steel output, reduces coke needs and lowers carbon emissions from our operations. As a result of successful operational improvements, we announced the indefinite idle of the Indiana Harbor #4 blast furnace in the first quarter of 2022. The indefinite idle reduced our operational blast furnaces from eight to seven. Our strategic use of HBI in our blast furnaces and maximizing scrap usage in our BOFs has allowed us to achieve the same steel production with one less blast furnace in our footprint.

During the second quarter of 2023, it was announced that we entered into long-term state mineral leases for more than 2,600 acres of iron ore at the Nashwauk mine site in Itasca County, Minnesota. The award of these leases is expected to resolve years of uncertainty regarding Hibbing Taconite’s mine life. This ore body is intended to serve as an extension of Hibbing Taconite, as the state’s mineral leases, combined with our own private mineral holdings at Nashwauk, are expected to provide more than two decades of additional ore reserves.

22

The necessary resources that we have invested in our footprint are expected to keep our assets at an automotive-grade level of quality and reliability for years to come, positioning us to benefit from operating efficiencies and improved capabilities in the coming years.

PURSUE VALUE-ENHANCING MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

We have a proven track record of successfully identifying undervalued assets and completing value-enhancing transactions through mergers and acquisitions. We continue to be opportunistic in our pursuit of assets that would grow our business and offer opportunities to generate significant synergies. With our strong balance sheet, proven ability to integrate acquired assets and capture synergies, along with our powerful partnership with both our union and non-union employees, we are confident in our ability to execute value-enhancing mergers and acquisitions.

Our strong partnership with our union-represented employees was crucial in prior mergers and acquisitions, as union support is necessary to successfully complete transactions that include union-represented assets. We are also the only domestic steel company in recent years to successfully acquire steel producing assets with USW-represented employees.

ADVANCE OUR PARTICIPATION IN THE GREEN ECONOMY

We are seeking to expand our customer base with the desirable EV market. At this time, we believe the North American automotive industry is at a structural inflection point, with the adoption of electrical motors in passenger vehicles. As this market grows, it will require more advanced steel applications to meet the needs of EV producers and consumers. These features include the already existing sophisticated steel supply for internal combustion engine vehicle parts, along with the added need for steel-based battery enclosures and reinforcement in EVs. With our unique technical capabilities and leadership in the automotive industry, we believe we are positioned better than any other North American steelmaker to supply the steel and parts necessary to fill these needs.

We also have the right products to meet the growing demand for renewable energy as well as for the modernization of the U.S. electrical grid. We offer plate products that can be used in windmills, which we estimate contain 130 tons of steel per megawatt of electricity. In addition, panels for solar power are heavy consumers of galvanized steel, where we are a leading producer. We estimate solar panels consume 40 tons of steel per megawatt of electricity.

We are currently a leading producer of electrical steel in the U.S., which can facilitate the modernization of the U.S. electrical grid. Along with charging networks, electrical steels are also needed in the motors of EVs.

ENHANCE OUR ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY

Our commitment to operating our business in a more environmentally responsible manner remains constant. One of the most important issues impacting our industry, our stakeholders and our planet is climate change. In early 2021, we announced our commitment to reduce GHG emissions 25% from 2017 levels by 2030. This goal represents combined Scope 1 (direct emissions) and Scope 2 (indirect emissions from purchased electricity or other forms of energy) GHG emission reductions across all of our operations. In 2023 and 2022, our absolute Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions were below our reduction goal well ahead of our 2030 target year. We have also made significant progress in reducing our emissions on a per ton basis. Since 2020, we have reduced our average Scope 1 and 2 emissions of integrated mills from 1.82 to 1.54 metric tons of CO2e per metric ton of crude steel produced in 2023, which is 28% lower than the global average.

In March 2024, we were selected by the DOE for award negotiations to receive up to $575 million in total funding for two projects to accelerate industrial decarbonization initiatives. If awarded, we would receive up to a $500 million federal investment to replace our existing blast furnace at Middletown Works with a 2.5 million ton per annum hydrogen-ready direct reduced iron plant and two 120 megawatt electric melting furnaces to feed molten iron to the existing infrastructure already on site, including the BOF, caster, hot strip mill and various finishing facilities. The project is designed so that Middletown Works would maintain its existing raw steel production capacity of approximately 3 million net tons per year and would no longer use coke for iron production. We expect that the process would dramatically reduce carbon emissions intensity with no impact to product quality or capability and would consolidate Middletown Works as the most advanced, lowest GHG emitting integrated iron and steel facility in the world.

Additionally, if awarded, we would receive up to $75 million at our Butler Works facility to replace two of our existing natural gas fired high temperature slab reheat furnaces with four electrified induction slab reheat furnaces, to bring optimum efficiency to our production of electrical steel. This project would lower carbon emissions, substantially reduce energy costs and improve slab quality. As a result of both of these projects, we would anticipate generating in excess of $500 million in annual cost savings and yield improvements.

In October 2023, the DOE announced the intention to award funding under the Infrastructure and Jobs Act for seven regional hydrogen hubs, including the Midwest Alliance for Clean Hydrogen. This hub covering Illinois, Indiana and Michigan was selected for $1 billion in funding and is near our two largest steel plants, Indiana Harbor and Burns Harbor. In January 2024, we commissioned a pipeline and successfully completed a hydrogen injection trial at our Indiana Harbor blast furnace #7. This follows an initial similar trial of hydrogen at our blast furnace in Middletown earlier in 2023. The use of hydrogen within our blast furnace is expected to partially reduce coke rate and displace the release of CO2 with H2O, reducing our overall emissions.

Our future GHG emissions reductions are expected to be driven by the use of direct reduced iron in electric melting furnaces, direct reduced iron in blast furnaces, the stretching of hot metal with additional scrap, driving more productivity out of fewer blast furnaces, implementing hydrogen use where possible, adopting carbon capture and utilization, procuring more clean energy, electrification of process equipment and operating with higher energy efficiency.

23

IMPROVE FINANCIAL FLEXIBILITY

Given the cyclicality of our business, it is important to us to be in the financial position to easily withstand economic cycles and be opportunistic when attractive strategic opportunities arise. Since the acquisition of our steelmaking assets in 2020, we have demonstrated our ability to generate healthy free cash flow and use it to reduce substantial amounts of debt, return capital to shareholders through share repurchases and make investments to both improve and grow our business. During the first quarter of 2024, we returned $608 million of capital to shareholders via share repurchases. Effective April 22, 2024, our Board of Directors authorized a new program to repurchase outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which may include purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans or accelerated share repurchases, up to a maximum of $1.5 billion. In 2023, we reduced the principal amount of outstanding long-term debt by $1.1 billion, demonstrating how quickly we can deleverage our balance sheet. We have also historically shown our ability to take advantage of volatility in the debt markets and repurchase notes at a discount. We expect to continue to use the financial levers available to us to both opportunistically reduce our debt and return capital to shareholders throughout the remainder of 2024 and beyond. Going forward, our stated target will be to maintain a net debt ratio of less than two and a half times our trailing-twelve months Adjusted EBITDA, which should provide us ample opportunity and flexibility to execute any strategic, operational or financial opportunities we identify. It is also important for us to maintain sufficient liquidity, which was above $4 billion as of March 31, 2024.

On March 18, 2024, we issued $825 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes at par and used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance to repurchase $640 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes pursuant to a tender offer. On April 3, 2024, we redeemed the remaining $189 million in aggregate principal amount of our then-outstanding 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes with the remaining portion of the net proceeds from the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance and available liquidity. This transaction extended our debt maturity profile and removed our final tranche of secured notes.

STEELMAKING RESULTS

The following is a summary of our Steelmaking segment operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in millions, except for average selling price and shipments in thousands of net tons):

Total Revenue Gross Margin Adjusted EBITDA Steel Shipments (nt)

2024		2023		2024	2023	2024	2023	2024	2023
STEEL PRODUCT REVENUE:				GROSS MARGIN %:		ADJUSTED EBITDA %:		AVERAGE SELLING PRICE PER TON OF STEEL PRODUCTS:
$	4,629	$	4,609	5%	2%	8%	5%	$1,175	$1,128

24

REVENUES

The following tables represent our steel shipments by product and total revenues by market:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In thousands of net tons)	2024		2023		% Change
Steel shipments by product:
Hot-rolled steel	1,266		1,490		(15)	%
Cold-rolled steel	663		597		11	%
Coated steel	1,216		1,168		4	%
Stainless and electrical steel	145		174		(17)	%
Plate	201		198		2	%
Slab and other steel products	449		458		(2)	%
Total steel shipments by product	3,940		4,085		(4)	%
	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023		% Change
Steelmaking revenues by market:
Direct automotive	$	1,617	$	1,870	(14)	%
Infrastructure and manufacturing	1,392		1,297		7	%
Distributors and converters	1,412		1,258		12	%
Steel producers	606		701		(14)	%
Total Steelmaking revenues by market	$	5,027	$	5,126	(2)	%

Revenues decreased by 2% during the three months ended March 31, 2024, as compared to the prior-year period, primarily due to:

•A decrease of $253 million, or 14%, in revenues from the direct automotive market, predominantly due to a decrease in shipments due to proactive customer diversification; and

•A decrease of $95 million, or 14%, in revenues from the steel producers markets, predominantly due to the decrease in pricing indices for busheling scrap and lower third-party iron ore sales.

•These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $154 million, or 12%, in revenues from the distributors and converters market, predominantly due to the average HRC price increase and an increase in shipments; and

•An increase of $95 million, or 7%, in revenues from the infrastructure and manufacturing market, predominantly due to the average HRC price increase.

GROSS MARGIN

Gross margin increased by $176 million, or 187%, during the three months ended March 31, 2024, as compared to the prior-year period, primarily due to:

•An increase in selling prices (approximately $200 million impact), predominantly due to higher spot prices.

•This increase in gross margin was partially offset by a decrease in sales volume (approximately $60 million impact).

ADJUSTED EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA from our Steelmaking segment for the three months ended March 31, 2024, increased by $155 million, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to the increased gross margin from our operations. Additionally, our Steelmaking Adjusted EBITDA included $125 million and $119 million of Selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

REVENUES & GROSS MARGIN

During the three months ended March 31, 2024, our consolidated Revenues decreased by $96 million, and our consolidated gross margin increased by $186 million, as compared to the prior-year period. See "— Steelmaking Results" above for further detail on our operating results.

RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES

During the three months ended March 31, 2024, we announced the indefinite idle of our Weirton tinplate production plant, resulting in $104 million of restructuring and other charges primarily related to severance, other employee-related benefits and asset retirement obligation charges.

25

ASSET IMPAIRMENTS

During the three months ended March 31, 2024, we announced the indefinite idle of our Weirton tinplate production plant, resulting in $64 million of asset impairments.

MISCELLANEOUS - NET

During the three months ended March 31, 2024, miscellaneous expense increased by $20 million, as compared to the prior-year period. The increase in miscellaneous expense is primarily related to increased expenses associated with our indefinitely idled and closed operations.

LOSS ON EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT

During the three months ended March 31, 2024, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes to repurchase $640 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.750% 2026 Secured Senior Notes, resulting in a $21 million loss on extinguishment of debt. Refer to NOTE 7 - DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES for further information.

INCOME TAXES

Our effective tax rate is impacted by state income tax expense and permanent items, primarily depletion. It also is affected by discrete items that may occur in any given period but are not consistent from period to period. The following represents a summary of our tax provision and corresponding effective rates:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024			2023
Income tax benefit	$	8		$	13
Effective tax rate	13		%	23		%

The changes in income tax benefit and the effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2024, as compared to the prior-year period, are primarily related to depletion in excess of state income tax expense and the impact of immaterial discrete items relative to pre-tax income.

Our 2024 estimated annual effective tax rate before discrete items as of March 31, 2024 is 18%. This estimated annual effective tax rate is less than the U.S. statutory rate of 21%, as state income tax expense is less than the percentage depletion in excess of cost depletion. The 2023 estimated annual effective tax rate before discrete items as of March 31, 2023 was 22%.

LIQUIDITY, CASH FLOWS AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

OVERVIEW

Our capital allocation decision-making process is focused on preserving healthy liquidity levels while maintaining the strength of our balance sheet and creating financial flexibility to manage through the cyclical demand for our products and volatility in commodity prices. We are focused on maximizing the cash generation of our operations, reducing debt, returning capital to shareholders and aligning capital investments with our strategic priorities and the requirements of our business plan, including regulatory and permission-to-operate related projects.

The following table provides a summary of our cash flow:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Cash flows provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	142	$	(39)
Investing activities	(179)		(185)
Financing activities	(131)		257
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	(168)	$	33
Free cash flow1	$	(40)	$	(227)
1See "— Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for a reconciliation of our free cash flow.

During the first quarter of 2024, we took action in alignment with our capital allocation priorities, as follows:

•We issued $825 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes. A portion of the net proceeds from the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance was used to repurchase $640 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes pursuant to a tender offer. On April 3, 2024, we redeemed the remaining $189 million in aggregate principal amount of our then-outstanding 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes with the remaining portion of

26

the net proceeds from the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance and available liquidity. After this transaction, we no longer have any secured notes outstanding.

•Additionally, we returned capital to shareholders through our share repurchase program, repurchasing 30.4 million common shares at a cost of $608 million in the aggregate.

The debt transactions give us additional flexibility by eliminating our secured notes, along with extending our average debt maturity date, which will better prepare us to navigate more easily through potentially volatile industry conditions in the future. Going forward, our stated target will be to maintain a net debt ratio of less than two and a half times our trailing-twelve months Adjusted EBITDA, which should provide us ample opportunity and flexibility to execute any strategic, operational or financial opportunities we may identify.

We expect to continue to use the financial levers available to us to both opportunistically reduce our debt and return capital to shareholders throughout the remainder of 2024 and beyond.

CASH FLOWS

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023		Variance
Net loss	$	(53)	$	(42)	$	(11)
Non-cash adjustments to net loss	412		237		175
Working capital:
Accounts receivable, net	(27)		(257)		230
Inventories	(8)		207		(215)
Income taxes	(1)		15		(16)
Pension and OPEB payments and contributions	(32)		(30)		(2)
Payables, accrued employment and accrued expenses	(170)		(90)		(80)
Other, net	21		(79)		100
Total working capital	(217)		(234)		17
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities	$	142	$	(39)	$	181

The variance was primarily driven by:

•A $164 million increase in net income after non-cash adjustments primarily due to higher gross margins resulting from an increase in selling prices for our steel products, which was partially offset by a decrease in sales volumes. See "— Steelmaking Results" above for further detail on our operating results.

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023		Variance
Purchase of property, plant and equipment	$	(182)	$	(188)	$	6
Other	3		3		—
Net cash used by investing activities	$	(179)	$	(185)	$	6

Cash used for capital expenditures decreased $6 million in the first quarter of 2024, as compared to the prior-year period. Included within cash used for capital expenditures was $4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024, compared to $5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, related to our non-owned SunCoke Middletown VIE. Our capital expenditures primarily relate to sustaining capital spend, which includes infrastructure, mobile equipment, fixed equipment, product quality, environmental, and health and safety spend.

We anticipate total cash used for capital expenditures during the next 12 months to be between $675 and $725 million, which primarily consists of sustaining capital spend.

27

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023		Variance
Net proceeds (repayments) of senior notes	$	173	$	—	$	173
Net borrowings (repayments) under credit facilities	342		307		35
Repurchase of common shares	(608)		—		(608)
Other	(38)		(50)		12
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	$	(131)	$	257	$	(388)

The variance was primarily driven by:

•A $608 million use of cash during the three months ended March 31, 2024 to repurchase 30.4 million of our common shares on the open market.

•A $173 million increase in cash provided from the net proceeds of our $825 million 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance, partially offset by the repurchase of $640 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.750% 2026 Secured Senior Notes pursuant to a tender offer.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary sources of liquidity are Cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from our operations, availability under our ABL Facility and access to capital markets. We generally maintain minimal cash balances and utilize our access to our ABL Facility to cover fluctuations in our cash requirements. Cash and cash equivalents, which totaled $30 million as of March 31, 2024, include cash on hand and on deposit. The combination of cash and availability under our ABL Facility gave us $4.03 billion in liquidity as of March 31, 2024. During the first quarter of 2024, we issued $825 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to repurchase $640 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.750% 2026 Secured Senior Notes pursuant to a tender offer. On April 3, 2024, we redeemed the remaining $189 million in aggregate principal amount of our then-outstanding 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes with the remaining portion of the net proceeds from the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance and available liquidity. We believe our liquidity and access to capital markets will be adequate to fund our cash requirements for the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Our ABL Facility, which matures in June 2028, has a maximum borrowing base of $4.75 billion. The available borrowing base is determined by applying customary advance rates to eligible accounts receivable, inventory and certain mobile equipment. Our ABL Facility includes a $555 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $200 million sublimit for swingline loans. As of March 31, 2024, outstanding letters of credit totaled $56 million, which reduced availability under our ABL Facility. We issue standby letters of credit with certain financial institutions in order to support business obligations, including, but not limited to, workers' compensation, operating agreements, employee severance, environmental obligations and insurance. Our ABL Facility agreement contains various financial and other covenants. As of March 31, 2024, we were in compliance with all of our ABL Facility covenants.

We have the capability to issue additional unsecured notes and, subject to the limitations set forth in our existing senior notes indentures and ABL Facility, to issue secured notes, if we elect to access the debt capital markets. However, our ability to issue additional notes could be limited by market conditions. We intend from time to time to seek to redeem or repurchase our outstanding senior notes with cash on hand, borrowings from existing credit sources or new debt financings and/or exchanges for debt or equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such redemptions or repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors, and the amounts involved may be material.

Refer to NOTE 7 - DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES for more information on our ABL Facility and debt.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The following provides a description and reconciliation of each of our non-GAAP financial measures to its most directly comparable respective GAAP measure. The presentation of these measures is not intended to be considered in isolation from, as a substitute for, or as superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. The presentation of these measures may be different from non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies.

ADJUSTED EBITDA

We evaluate performance on an operating segment basis, as well as a consolidated basis, based on Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP measure. This measure is used by management, investors, lenders and other external users of our financial statements to assess our operating performance and to compare operating performance to other companies in the steel industry. In addition, management believes Adjusted EBITDA is a useful measure to assess the earnings power of the business without the impact of capital structure and can be used to assess our ability to service debt and fund future capital expenditures in the business.

28

The following table provides a reconciliation of our Net loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Net loss	$	(53)	$	(42)
Less:
Interest expense, net	(64)		(77)
Income tax benefit	8		13
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	(230)		(242)
Total EBITDA	$	233	$	264
Less:
EBITDA of noncontrolling interests1	$	21	$	23
Weirton indefinite idle2	(177)		—
Loss on extinguishment of debt	(21)		—
Other, net	(4)		(2)
Total Adjusted EBITDA	$	414	$	243
1 EBITDA of noncontrolling interests includes the following:
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	$	14	$	15
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	7		8
EBITDA of noncontrolling interests	$	21	$	23
2 Refer to NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION for further information.

The following table provides a summary of our Adjusted EBITDA by segment:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Adjusted EBITDA:
Steelmaking	$	395	$	240
Other Businesses	17		8
Corporate and eliminations	2		(5)
Total Adjusted EBITDA	$	414	$	243

FREE CASH FLOW

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as operating cash flow less purchase of property, plant and equipment. Management believes it is an important measure to assess the cash generation available to service debt, strategic initiatives or other financing activities.

The following table provides a reconciliation of our operating cash flow to free cash flow:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities	$	142	$	(39)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment	(182)		(188)
Free cash flow	$	(40)	$	(227)

29

NET DEBT

Net debt is a non-GAAP financial measure that management uses in evaluating financial position. Net debt is defined as long-term debt less cash and cash equivalents. Management believes net debt is an important measure of our financial position due to the amount of cash and cash equivalents on hand.

The following table provides a reconciliation of our long-term debt to net debt:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Long-term debt	$	3,664	$	3,137
Less: Cash and cash equivalents	30		198
Net debt	$	3,634	$	2,939

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR GUARANTORS AND THE ISSUER OF OUR GUARANTEED SECURITIES

The accompanying summarized financial information has been prepared and presented pursuant to SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 3-10, “Financial Statements of Guarantors and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities Registered or Being Registered,” and Rule 13-01 "Financial Disclosures about Guarantors and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities and Affiliates Whose Securities Collateralized a Registrant's Securities." Certain of our subsidiaries (the "Guarantor subsidiaries") as of March 31, 2024 have fully and unconditionally, and jointly and severally, guaranteed the obligations under (a) the 5.875% 2027 Senior Notes, the 7.000% 2027 Senior Notes, the 4.625% 2029 Senior Notes, the 6.750% 2030 Senior Notes, the 4.875% 2031 Senior Notes and the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issued by Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. on a senior unsecured basis and (b) the 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes issued by Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. on a senior secured basis. See NOTE 7 - DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES for further information.

The following presents the summarized financial information on a combined basis for Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. (parent company and issuer of the guaranteed obligations) and the Guarantor subsidiaries, collectively referred to as the obligated group. Transactions between the obligated group have been eliminated. Information for the non-Guarantor subsidiaries was excluded from the combined summarized financial information of the obligated group.

Each Guarantor subsidiary is consolidated by Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. as of March 31, 2024. Refer to Exhibit 22, incorporated herein by reference, for the detailed list of entities included within the obligated group as of March 31, 2024.

As of March 31, 2024, the guarantee of a Guarantor subsidiary with respect to Cliffs' 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes, the 5.875% 2027 Senior Notes, the 7.000% 2027 Senior Notes, the 4.625% 2029 Senior Notes, the 6.750% 2030 Senior Notes, the 4.875% 2031 Senior Notes and the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and such Guarantor subsidiary’s obligations under the guarantee and the related indentures (the “Indentures”) will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, upon the occurrence of any of the following, along with the delivery to the trustee of an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the applicable Indenture relating to the release and discharge of such Guarantor subsidiary’s guarantee have been complied with:

(a) any sale, exchange, transfer or disposition of such Guarantor subsidiary (by merger, consolidation, or the sale of) or the capital stock of such Guarantor subsidiary after which the applicable Guarantor subsidiary is no longer a subsidiary of the Company or the sale of all or substantially all of such Guarantor subsidiary’s assets (other than by lease), whether or not such Guarantor subsidiary is the surviving entity in such transaction, to a person which is not the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; provided that (i) such sale, exchange, transfer or disposition is made in compliance with the applicable Indenture, including the covenants regarding consolidation, merger and sale of assets and, as applicable, dispositions of assets that constitute notes collateral, and (ii) all the obligations of such Guarantor subsidiary under all debt of the Company or its subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction;

(b) designation of any Guarantor subsidiary as an “excluded subsidiary” (as defined in the Indentures); or

(c) defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indentures.

Each entity in the summarized combined financial information follows the same accounting policies as described in the consolidated financial statements. The accompanying summarized combined financial information does not reflect investments of the obligated group in non-Guarantor subsidiaries. The financial information of the obligated group is presented on a combined basis; intercompany balances and transactions within the obligated group have been eliminated. The obligated group's amounts due from, amounts due to, and transactions with, non-Guarantor subsidiaries and related parties have been presented in separate line items.

30

SUMMARIZED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ISSUER AND GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

The following table is summarized combined financial information from the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position of the obligated group:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Current assets	$	7,026	$	7,150
Non-current assets	10,005		10,111
Current liabilities	(4,255)		(4,283)
Non-current liabilities	(5,952)		(5,463)

The following table is summarized combined financial information from the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations of the obligated group:

	Three Months Ended
(In millions)	March 31, 2024
Revenues	$	5,126
Cost of goods sold	(4,861)
Loss from continuing operations	(61)
Net loss	(61)
Net loss attributable to Cliffs shareholders	(61)

The obligated group had the following balances with non-Guarantor subsidiaries and other related parties:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Balances with non-Guarantor subsidiaries:
Accounts receivable, net	$	806	$	743
Accounts payable	(1,070)		(1,004)
Balances with other related parties:
Accounts receivable, net	$	9	$	5
Accounts payable	(11)		(11)

Additionally, for the three months ended March 31, 2024, the obligated group had Revenues of $25 million and Cost of goods sold of $19 million, in each case, with other related parties.

MARKET RISKS

We are subject to a variety of risks, including those caused by changes in commodity prices and interest rates. We have established policies and procedures to manage such risks; however, certain risks are beyond our control.

PRICING RISKS

In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to market risk and price fluctuations related to the sale of our products, which are impacted primarily by market prices for HRC and other related spot pricing indices, and the purchase of energy and raw materials used in our operations, which are impacted by market prices for natural gas, electricity, ferrous and stainless steel scrap, chrome, metallurgical coal, coke, zinc, chrome, nickel and other alloys. Our strategy to address market risk has generally been to obtain competitive prices for our products and services and allow operating results to reflect market price movements dictated by supply and demand; however, we make forward physical purchases and enter into hedge contracts to manage exposure to price risk related to the purchases of certain raw materials and energy used in the production process.

Our financial results can vary for our operations as a result of fluctuations in market prices. We attempt to mitigate these risks by aligning fixed and variable components in our customer pricing contracts, supplier purchasing agreements and derivative financial instruments.

Some customer contracts have fixed-pricing terms, which increase our exposure to fluctuations in raw material and energy costs. To reduce our exposure, we enter into annual, fixed price agreements for certain raw materials. Some of our existing multi-year raw material supply agreements have required minimum purchase quantities. Under adverse economic conditions, those minimums may exceed our needs. Absent exceptions for force majeure and other circumstances affecting the legal enforceability of the agreements, these minimum purchase requirements may compel us to purchase quantities of raw materials that could significantly exceed our anticipated needs or pay damages to the supplier for shortfalls. In these circumstances, we would attempt to negotiate agreements for new purchase quantities. There is a risk, however, that we would not be successful in reducing purchase quantities, either through negotiation or litigation. If that occurred, we would likely be required to purchase more of a particular raw material in a particular year than we need, negatively affecting our results of operations and cash flows.

31

Certain of our customer contracts include variable-pricing mechanisms that adjust selling prices in response to changes in the costs of certain raw materials and energy, while other of our customer contracts exclude such mechanisms. We may enter into multi-year purchase agreements for certain raw materials with similar variable-price mechanisms, allowing us to achieve natural hedges between the customer contracts and supplier purchase agreements. Therefore, in some cases, price fluctuations for energy (particularly natural gas and electricity), raw materials (such as scrap, chrome, zinc and nickel) or other commodities may be, in part, passed on to customers rather than absorbed solely by us. There is a risk, however, that the variable-price mechanisms in the sales contracts may not necessarily change in tandem with the variable-price mechanisms in our purchase agreements, negatively affecting our results of operations and cash flows.

Our strategy to address volatile natural gas rates and electricity rates includes improving efficiency in energy usage, identifying alternative providers and utilizing the lowest cost alternative fuels. If we are unable to align fixed and variable components between customer contracts and supplier purchase agreements, we routinely evaluate the use of derivative instruments to hedge market risk. As a result, we use cash-settled commodity price swaps to hedge a portion of our exposure from our natural gas and electricity requirements. Our hedging strategy is designed to protect us from excessive pricing volatility. However, since we do not typically hedge 100% of our exposure, abnormal price increases in any of these commodity markets might still negatively affect operating costs.

The following table summarizes the negative effect of a hypothetical change in the fair value of our derivative instruments outstanding as of March 31, 2024, due to a 10% and 25% change in the market price of each of the indicated commodities:

Commodity Derivative (In millions)	10% Change		25% Change
Natural gas	$	52	$	131
Electricity	16		40

Any resulting changes in fair value would be recorded as adjustments to AOCI, net of income taxes, or recognized in net earnings, as appropriate. These hypothetical losses would be partially offset by the benefit of lower prices paid for the related commodities.

VALUATION OF GOODWILL AND OTHER LONG-LIVED ASSETS

GOODWILL

We assign goodwill arising from acquired companies to the reporting units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the acquisition. Goodwill is tested on a qualitative or quantitative basis for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis (October 1) and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. These events or circumstances could include a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, or sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit. We have an unconditional option to bypass the qualitative test for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative test. Should our qualitative test indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we perform a quantitative test to determine the amount of impairment, if any, to the carrying value of the reporting unit and its associated goodwill.

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of goodwill to reporting units and if a quantitative assessment is deemed necessary in determination of the fair value of each reporting unit. The fair value of each reporting unit is estimated using the guideline public company method, the discounted cash flow methodology, or a combination of both, which considers forecasted cash flows discounted at an estimated weighted average cost of capital. Assessing the recoverability of our goodwill requires significant assumptions regarding the estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of a reporting unit, including, among other things, estimates related to forecasts of future revenues, expected Adjusted EBITDA, expected capital expenditures and working capital requirements, which are based upon our long-range plan estimates. The assumptions used to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit may change from year to year based on operating results, market conditions and other factors. Changes in these assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value for each reporting unit.

OTHER LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment upon the occurrence of events or changes in circumstances that would indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Such indicators may include: a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in market pricing; a significant adverse change in legal or environmental factors or in the business climate; changes in estimates of our recoverable reserves; and unanticipated competition. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of our long-lived assets and could have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations and statements of financial position.

A comparison of each asset group's carrying value to the estimated undiscounted net future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets, including cost of disposition, is used to determine if an asset is recoverable. Projected future cash flows reflect management's best estimate of economic and market conditions over the projected period, including growth rates in revenues and costs, and estimates of future expected changes in operating margins and capital expenditures. If the carrying value of the asset group is higher than its undiscounted net future cash flows, the asset group is measured at fair value and the difference is recorded as a reduction to the long-lived assets. We estimate fair value using a market approach, an income approach or a cost approach. For the three months ended March 31, 2024, we concluded that there were no additional triggering events resulting in the need for an impairment assessment except for the announcement of the indefinite idle of our Weirton tinplate production plant, which resulted in a $46 million impairment charge to Property, plant and equipment, net for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

32

INTEREST RATE RISK

Interest payable on our senior notes is at fixed rates. Interest payable under our ABL Facility is at a variable rate based upon the applicable base rate plus the applicable base rate margin depending on the excess availability. As of March 31, 2024, we had $342 million outstanding under our ABL Facility. An increase in prevailing interest rates would increase interest expense and interest paid for any outstanding borrowings under our ABL Facility. For example, a 100 basis point change to interest rates under our ABL Facility at the March 31, 2024 borrowing level would result in a change of $3 million to interest expense on an annual basis.

SUPPLY CONCENTRATION RISKS

Many of our operations and mines rely on one source each of electric power and natural gas. A significant interruption or change in service or rates from our energy suppliers could materially impact our production costs, margins and profitability.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains statements that constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the federal securities laws. As a general matter, forward-looking statements relate to anticipated trends and expectations rather than historical matters. Forward-looking statements are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment that are difficult to predict and may be beyond our control. Such uncertainties and factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These statements speak only as of the date of this report, and we undertake no ongoing obligation, other than that imposed by law, to update these statements. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Uncertainties and risk factors that could affect our future performance and cause results to differ from the forward-looking statements in this report include, but are not limited to:

•continued volatility of steel, iron ore and scrap metal market prices, which directly and indirectly impact the prices of the products that we sell to our customers;

•uncertainties associated with the highly competitive and cyclical steel industry and our reliance on the demand for steel from the automotive industry;

•potential weaknesses and uncertainties in global economic conditions, excess global steelmaking capacity, oversupply of iron ore, prevalence of steel imports and reduced market demand;

•severe financial hardship, bankruptcy, temporary or permanent shutdowns or operational challenges of one or more of our major customers, key suppliers or contractors, which, among other adverse effects, could disrupt our operations or lead to reduced demand for our products, increased difficulty collecting receivables, and customers and/or suppliers asserting force majeure or other reasons for not performing their contractual obligations to us;

•risks related to U.S. government actions with respect to Section 232, the USMCA and/or other trade agreements, tariffs, treaties or policies, as well as the uncertainty of obtaining and maintaining effective antidumping and countervailing duty orders to counteract the harmful effects of unfairly traded imports;

•impacts of existing and increasing governmental regulation, including potential environmental regulations relating to climate change and carbon emissions, and related costs and liabilities, including failure to receive or maintain required operating and environmental permits, approvals, modifications or other authorizations of, or from, any governmental or regulatory authority and costs related to implementing improvements to ensure compliance with regulatory changes, including potential financial assurance requirements, and reclamation and remediation obligations;

•potential impacts to the environment or exposure to hazardous substances resulting from our operations;

•our ability to maintain adequate liquidity, our level of indebtedness and the availability of capital could limit our financial flexibility and cash flow necessary to fund working capital, planned capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes or ongoing needs of our business, or to repurchase our common shares;

•our ability to reduce our indebtedness or return capital to shareholders within the currently expected timeframes or at all;

•adverse changes in credit ratings, interest rates, foreign currency rates and tax laws;

•the outcome of, and costs incurred in connection with, lawsuits, claims, arbitrations or governmental proceedings relating to commercial and business disputes, antitrust claims, environmental matters, government investigations, occupational or personal injury claims, property-related matters, labor and employment matters, or suits involving legacy operations and other matters;

•supply chain disruptions or changes in the cost, quality or availability of energy sources, including electricity, natural gas and diesel fuel, or critical raw materials and supplies, including iron ore, industrial gases, graphite electrodes, scrap metal, chrome, zinc, other alloys, coke and metallurgical coal, and critical manufacturing equipment and spare parts;

•problems or disruptions associated with transporting products to our customers, moving manufacturing inputs or products internally among our facilities, or suppliers transporting raw materials to us;

•the risk that the cost or time to implement a strategic or sustaining capital project may prove to be greater than originally anticipated;

33

•our ability to consummate any public or private acquisition transactions and to realize any or all of the anticipated benefits or estimated future synergies, as well as to successfully integrate any acquired businesses into our existing businesses;

•uncertainties associated with natural or human-caused disasters, adverse weather conditions, unanticipated geological conditions, critical equipment failures, infectious disease outbreaks, tailings dam failures and other unexpected events;

•cybersecurity incidents relating to, disruptions in, or failures of, information technology systems that are managed by us or third parties that host or have access to our data or systems, including the loss, theft or corruption of sensitive or essential business or personal information and the inability to access or control systems;

•liabilities and costs arising in connection with any business decisions to temporarily or indefinitely idle or permanently close an operating facility or mine, which could adversely impact the carrying value of associated assets and give rise to impairment charges or closure and reclamation obligations, as well as uncertainties associated with restarting any previously idled operating facility or mine;

•our level of self-insurance and our ability to obtain sufficient third-party insurance to adequately cover potential adverse events and business risks;

•uncertainties associated with our ability to meet customers’ and suppliers’ decarbonization goals and reduce our GHG emissions in alignment with our own announced targets;

•challenges to maintaining our social license to operate with our stakeholders, including the impacts of our operations on local communities, reputational impacts of operating in a carbon-intensive industry that produces GHG emissions, and our ability to foster a consistent operational and safety track record;

•our actual economic mineral reserves or reductions in current mineral reserve estimates, and any title defect or loss of any lease, license, easement or other possessory interest for any mining property;

•our ability to maintain satisfactory labor relations with unions and employees;

•unanticipated or higher costs associated with pension and OPEB obligations resulting from changes in the value of plan assets or contribution increases required for unfunded obligations;

•uncertain availability or cost of skilled workers to fill critical operational positions and potential labor shortages caused by experienced employee attrition or otherwise, as well as our ability to attract, hire, develop and retain key personnel;

•the amount and timing of any repurchases of our common shares; and

•potential significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

For additional factors affecting our business, refer to Part II – Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. You are urged to carefully consider these risk factors.

Forward-looking and other statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q regarding our GHG reduction plans and goals are not an indication that these statements are necessarily material to investors or required to be disclosed in our filings with the SEC. In addition, historical, current and forward-looking GHG-related statements may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve and assumptions that are subject to change in the future.

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Information regarding our market risk is presented under the caption "Market Risks," which is included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, and Part I – Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure based solely on the definition of “disclosure controls and procedures” in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

34

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 31, 2024 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

35

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Environmental Matters. SEC regulations require us to disclose certain information about administrative or judicial proceedings involving the environment and to which a governmental authority is a party if we reasonably believe that such proceedings may result in monetary sanctions above a stated threshold. Pursuant to SEC regulations, we use a threshold of $1 million for purposes of determining whether disclosure of any such proceedings is required. We believe that this threshold is reasonably designed to result in disclosure of any such proceedings that are material to our business or financial condition.

We have described the other material pending legal proceedings, including administrative or judicial proceedings involving the environment, to which we are a party in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

We caution readers that our business activities involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently expected by management. We described the most significant risks that could impact our results in Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

The following table presents information with respect to repurchases by the Company of our common shares during the periods indicated:

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Period	Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased1	Average Price Paid per Share (or Unit)2		Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares (or Units) that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs3,4
January 1 - 31, 2024	383,936	$	19.59	—	$	608,285,509
February 1 - 29, 2024	21,558,295	$	19.82	21,557,951	$	181,443,377
March 1 - 31, 2024	8,819,556	$	20.59	8,818,797	$	3,150
Total	30,761,787	$	20.04	30,376,748
1 Includes 383,936 shares that were delivered to us in January 2024, 344 shares that were delivered to us in February 2024, and 759 shares that were delivered to us in March 2024, in each case, to satisfy tax withholding obligations due upon the vesting or payment of stock awards.
2 Excludes the 1% excise tax on net stock repurchases.
3 On February 11, 2022, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a program to repurchase our outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, up to a maximum of $1 billion. As of March 31, 2024, we have fully utilized our $1 billion share repurchase authorization.
4 Effective April 22, 2024, our Board of Directors authorized a new program to repurchase outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which may include purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans or accelerated share repurchases, up to a maximum of $1.5 billion.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

We are committed to protecting the occupational health and well-being of each of our employees. Safety is one of our core values and we strive to ensure that safe production is the first priority for all employees. Our internal objective is to achieve zero injuries and incidents across the Company by focusing on proactively identifying needed prevention activities, establishing standards and evaluating performance to mitigate any potential loss to people, equipment, production and the environment. We have implemented intensive employee training that is geared toward maintaining a high level of awareness and knowledge of safety and health issues in the work environment through the development and coordination of requisite information, skills and attitudes. We believe that through these policies, we have developed an effective safety management system.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, each operator of a coal or other mine is required to include certain mine safety results within its periodic reports filed with the SEC. As required by the reporting requirements included in §1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act and Item 104 of Regulation S-K, the information concerning mining safety and health or other regulatory matters for each of our mine locations that are covered under the scope of the Dodd-Frank Act are included in Exhibit 95 of Part II – ITEM 6. EXHIBITS of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

36

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

During the quarter ended March 31, 2024, no director or officer (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the Company adopted or terminated a "Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement" or "non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement" (as each term is defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K).

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

All documents referenced below have been filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., file number 1-09844, unless otherwise indicated.

Exhibit Number	Exhibit
4.1	Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2024, among Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, including Form of 7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032 (filed herewith).
10.1	* Form of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. 2021 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Memorandum and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (filed herewith).
10.2	* Form of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. 2021 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan Performance Share Award Memorandum (TSR) and Performance Share Award Agreement (filed herewith).
10.3	* Form of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. 2021 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan Cash Incentive Award Memorandum (TSR) and Cash Incentive Award Agreement (TSR) (filed herewith).
22	Schedule of the obligated group, including the parent and issuer and the subsidiary guarantors that have guaranteed the obligations under the 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes, the 5.875% 2027 Senior Notes, the 7.000% 2027 Senior Notes, the 4.625% 2029 Senior Notes, the 6.750% 2030 Senior Notes, the 4.875% 2031 Senior Notes and the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issued by Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. (filed herewith).
31.1	Certification Pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 7241, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed and dated by Lourenco Goncalves as of April 25, 2024 (filed herewith).
31.2	Certification Pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 7241, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed and dated by Celso L. Goncalves Jr. as of April 25, 2024 (filed herewith).
32.1	Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed and dated by Lourenco Goncalves, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., as of April 25, 2024 (filed herewith).
32.2	Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed and dated by Celso L. Goncalves Jr., Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., as of April 25, 2024 (filed herewith).
95	Mine Safety Disclosures (filed herewith).
101	The following financial information from Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2024 formatted in Inline XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) includes: (i) the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position, (ii) the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations, (iii) the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Comprehensive Loss, (iv) the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Cash Flows, (v) the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Changes in Equity, and (vi) Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
104	The cover page from this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.
*	Indicates management contract or other compensatory arrangement.

37

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

		CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.
		By:	/s/ Kimberly A. Floriani
			Name:	Kimberly A. Floriani
			Title:	Senior Vice President, Controller & Chief Accounting Officer
Date:	April 25, 2024

38

EX-4.1

EXHIBIT 4.1

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.,

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

AND

U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

AS TRUSTEE

7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 18, 2024

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.	Definitions	1
Section 1.02.	Other Definitions	13
Section 1.03.	Trust Indenture Act	13
Section 1.04.	Rules of Construction	14
ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
Section 2.01.	Form, Dating and Terms	15
Section 2.02.	Execution and Authentication	20
Section 2.03.	Registrar and Paying Agent	21
Section 2.04.	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	21
Section 2.05.	Holder Lists	21
Section 2.06.	Transfer and Exchange	22
Section 2.07.	[Intentionally Omitted]	24
Section 2.08.	[Intentionally Omitted]	24
Section 2.09.	Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S	24
Section 2.10.	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	24
Section 2.11.	Outstanding Notes	25
Section 2.12.	Temporary Notes	25
Section 2.13.	Cancellation	25
Section 2.14.	Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest	26
Section 2.15.	Computation of Interest	26
Section 2.16.	CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers	26
ARTICLE 3 COVENANTS
Section 3.01.	Payment of Notes	27
Section 3.02.	[Intentionally Omitted]	27
Section 3.03.	Restrictions on Liens	27
Section 3.04.	Restrictions on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	27
Section 3.05.	[Intentionally Omitted]	27
Section 3.06.	Change of Control Triggering Event	27
Section 3.07.	Reports to Holders	29
Section 3.08.	Additional Guarantees	29
Section 3.09.	[Intentionally Omitted]	29
Section 3.10.	Corporate Existence	29
Section 3.11.	Compliance Certificate	30
Section 3.12.	Further Instruments and Acts	30
Section 3.13.	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	30
Section 3.14.	Certain Calculations	30
ARTICLE 4 SUCCESSOR COMPANY
Section 4.01.	Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets	31
ARTICLE 5 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
Section 5.01.	Notices to Trustee	32
Section 5.02.	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	32

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Section 5.03.	Notice of Redemption	32
Section 5.04.	Effect of Notice of Redemption	33
Section 5.05.	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	33
Section 5.06.	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	34
Section 5.07.	Optional Redemption	34
Section 5.08.	Mandatory Redemption	35
	ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01.	Events of Default	35
Section 6.02.	Acceleration	36
Section 6.03.	Other Remedies	36
Section 6.04.	Waiver of Past Defaults	36
Section 6.05.	Control by Majority	36
Section 6.06.	Limitation on Suits	37
Section 6.07.	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	37
Section 6.08.	Collection Suit by Trustee	37
Section 6.09.	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	37
Section 6.10.	Priorities	38
Section 6.11.	Undertaking for Costs	38
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
Section 7.01.	Duties of Trustee	38
Section 7.02.	Rights of Trustee	39
Section 7.03.	Individual Rights of Trustee	41
Section 7.04.	Trustee’s Disclaimer	41
Section 7.05.	Notice of Defaults	41
Section 7.06.	Reports by Trustee to Holders	42
Section 7.07.	Compensation and Indemnity	42
Section 7.08.	Replacement of Trustee	42
Section 7.09.	Successor Trustee by Merger	43
Section 7.10.	Eligibility; Disqualification	43
Section 7.11.	[Intentionally Omitted]	43
Section 7.12.	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company	43
Section 7.13.	Trustee in Other Capacities	43
Section 7.14.	USA Patriot Act	43
Section 7.15.	Calculations in Respect of the Notes	44
Section 7.16.	Brokerage Confirmations	44
ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01.	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: Defeasance	44
Section 8.02.	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	44
Section 8.03.	Covenant Defeasance	44
Section 8.04.	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	45
Section 8.05.	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust: Other Miscellaneous Provisions	45
Section 8.06.	Repayment to the Company	46
Section 8.07.	Reinstatement	46

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS
Section 9.01.	Without Consent of Holders	46
Section 9.02.	With Consent of Holders	47
Section 9.03.	[Intentionally Omitted]	48
Section 9.04.	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	48
Section 9.05.	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	48
Section 9.06.	Trustee to Sign Amendments	49
	ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEE
Section 10.01.	Guarantee	49
Section 10.02.	Limitation on Liability; Termination; Release and Discharge	50
Section 10.03.	Right of Contribution	51
Section 10.04.	No Subrogation	51
Section 10.05.	Execution and Delivery of a Guarantee	51
	ARTICLE 11 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
	ARTICLE 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 12.01.	Satisfaction and Discharge	51
Section 12.02.	Application of Trust Money	52
	ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS
Section 13.01.	Reserved	52
Section 13.02.	Notices	52
Section 13.03.	Communication by Holders With Other Holders	53
Section 13.04.	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	53
Section 13.05.	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	54
Section 13.06.	[Intentionally Omitted]	54
Section 13.07.	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	54
Section 13.08.	Business Days	54
Section 13.09.	GOVERNING LAW	54
Section 13.10.	No Recourse Against Others	54
Section 13.11.	Successors	54
Section 13.12.	Multiple Originals	54
Section 13.13.	Table of Contents; Headings	54
Section 13.14.	WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL	55
Section 13.15.	[Intentionally Omitted]	55
Section 13.16.	Force Majeure	55
Section 13.17.	Severability	55

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

EXHIBIT A	Form of Initial Note
EXHIBIT B	Form of Indenture Supplement to Add Guarantors
EXHIBIT C	Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

iv

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

TIA Section	Indenture Section
310(a)(1)	7.10
(a)(2)	7.10
(a)(3)	N.A.
(a)(4)	N.A.
(a)(5)	7.10
(b)	7.08, 7.10
(b)(1)	7.10
(c)	N.A.
311(a)	7.12
(b)	7.12
(c)	N.A.
312(a)	N.A.
(b)	13.03
(c)	13.03
313(a)	7.06
(b)	7.06
(c)	7.06
(d)	7.06
314(a)	N.A.
(c)(1)	N.A.
(c)(2)	N.A.
(c)(3)	N.A.
(e)	N.A.
315(a)	N.A.
(b)	N.A.
(c)	N.A.
(d)	N.A.
(e)	N.A.
316(a)(last sentence)	N.A.
(a)(1)(A)	N.A.
(a)(1)(B)	N.A.
(a)(2)	N.A.
(b)	N.A.
(c)	N.A.
317(a)(1)	N.A.
(a)(2)	N.A.
(b)	N.A.
N.A. means Not Applicable
Note: The Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

i

INDENTURE, dated as of March 18, 2024, among CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC., an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), THE GUARANTORS (as defined herein) party hereto and U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Company’s 7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032 issued on the date hereof and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantors party hereto (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when issued, an unlimited principal amount of additional notes having identical terms and conditions as the Initial Notes other than issue date, issue price and the first interest payment date (the “Additional Notes” and together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”):

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions.

“ABL Agent” means Bank of America, N.A., acting in its capacity as collateral agent under the ABL Credit Facility, or any successor thereto in such capacity.

“ABL Credit Facility” means (i) the asset-based revolving credit facility, dated as of March 13, 2020, as amended, among the Company, the Subsidiaries of the Company that borrow or guarantee obligations under such agreement from time to time, as “Credit Parties,” the lenders party thereto from time to time and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (or its successor in such capacity), and (ii) any such agreement that amends, amends and restates or replaces the existing ABL Credit Facility, in each such case, together with the related notes, letters of credit, guarantees and security documents, and, in such case, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time and any renewal, increase, extension, refunding, restructuring, replacement or refinancing thereof (whether with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent, collateral agent or agents or one or more other lenders or additional borrowers or guarantors and whether provided under the existing ABL Credit Facility or one or more other credit or other agreements or indentures).

“ABL Credit Facility Obligations” means all ABL Obligations under the ABL Credit Facility.

“ABL Obligations” means (i) Debt outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility, and all other Obligations (not constituting Debt) of the Company or any Guarantor under the ABL Credit Facility and (ii) Bank Product Obligations owed to an agent, arranger or lender or other secured party under such Debt Facility (even if the respective agent, arranger or lender or other secured party subsequently ceases to be an agent arranger or lender or other secured party under the ABL Credit Facility for any reason) or any of their respective Affiliates, assigns or successors.

“Additional Notes” has the meaning set forth in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

“Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (i) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after March 15, 2027, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (ii) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date, plus 0.50%.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Applicable Premium” means with respect to a Note at any Redemption Date the excess of (if any) (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on March 15, 2027 (such redemption price being described in Section 5.07(d)), plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through March 15, 2027, excluding in each case accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, computed by the Company using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date.

“Attributable Debt” means the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligation of a lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of any lease (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended).

“Bank Product” means any one or more of the following financial products or accommodations extended to the Company or its Subsidiaries by a holder of ABL Credit Facility Obligations or an Affiliate of such Person or such product or accommodation that was designated as a Bank Product pursuant to the terms of the ABL Credit Facility: (a) credit cards (including commercial cards (including so-called “purchase cards”, “procurement cards” or “p-cards”)), (b) credit card processing services, (c) debit cards, (d) stored value cards, (e) cash management services, (f) supply chain financing or (g) transactions under Hedge Agreements.

“Bank Product Agreements” means those agreements entered into from time to time by the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with the obtaining of any of the Bank Products.

“Bank Product Obligations” means (a) all obligations, liabilities, reimbursement obligations, fees, or expenses owing by the Company and its Subsidiaries to any holder of ABL Credit Facility Obligations or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to or evidenced by a Bank Product Agreement and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, (b) all Hedging Obligations and (c) all amounts that ABL Agent or any holder of ABL Credit Facility Obligations is obligated to pay as a result of ABL Agent or such holder of the ABL Credit Facility Obligations purchasing participations from, or executing guarantees or indemnities or reimbursement obligations with respect to the Bank Products to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1)    with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2)    with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(3)    with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4)    with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of a Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Borrowing Base” means as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) 85% (or 90% in the case of investment grade accounts) of the face amount of all accounts, payment intangibles and other receivables of the Company and its Subsidiaries, plus (b) the lesser of (i) 80% of the gross book value of all inventory and as-extracted collateral of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) 85% multiplied by the net orderly liquidation value of such inventory and as extracted collateral, plus (c) the lesser of (i) 100% of the gross book value of all Mobile Equipment of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) 85% multiplied by the net orderly liquidation value of such equipment, minus any applicable reserves, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, plus (d) 5% of the

2

amounts of Eligible Accounts (as defined in the ABL Credit Facility) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, plus (e) 10% of the net orderly liquidation value of Eligible Inventory (as defined in the ABL Credit Facility) of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City or the place of payment.

“Calculation Date” means the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio shall occur.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1)    in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares;

(2)    in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) or corporate stock;

(3)    in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4)    any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distribution of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1)    the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” or “group” (as those terms are used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries;

(2)    the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” or “group”(as those terms are used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, it being agreed that an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for whom shares are held under an employee stock ownership, employee retirement, employee savings or similar plan and whose shares are voted in accordance with the instructions of such employee shall not be a member of a “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) solely because such employee’s shares are held by a trustee under said plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s outstanding Voting Stock or of the Voting Stock of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies;

(3)    the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the Company’s outstanding Voting Stock or Voting Stock of such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Company’s Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitutes, or is converted into or exchanged for, Voting Stock representing at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person immediately after giving effect to such transaction; or

(4)    the adoption of a plan relating to the Company’s liquidation or dissolution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely because the Company becomes a direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a holding company if the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means, with respect to the Notes, (i) the rating of the Notes is lowered by each of the Rating Agencies on any date during the period (the “Trigger Period”) commencing on the earlier of (a) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (b) the first public announcement by the Company of any Change of Control (or pending Change of Control), and ending 60 days following consummation of such Change of

3

Control (which Trigger Period will be extended following consummation of a Change of Control for so long as any of the Rating Agencies has publicly announced that it is considering a possible ratings change) and (ii) the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by each of the Rating Agencies on any day during the Trigger Period; provided that a Change of Control Triggering Event will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control if each Rating Agency making the reduction in rating does not publicly announce or confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at the Company’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the Change of Control.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Change of Control Triggering Event will be deemed to have occurred in connection with any particular Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes from the Redemption Date to March 15, 2027, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a maturity most nearly equal to March 15, 2027.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, if clause (ii) of the definition of Adjusted Treasury Rate is applicable, the average of three, or such lesser number as is obtained by the Company, Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries in reference to any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus, without duplication,

(a) all amounts deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income amount in respect of (i) the sum of all interest charges for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (ii) federal, state and local income taxes as accrued for such period, (iii) depreciation of fixed assets and amortization of intangible assets for such period, (iv) non-cash items decreasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, including, without limitation, non-cash compensation expense, (v) transaction costs, fees and expenses associated with the issuance of Debt or the extension, renewal, refunding, restructuring, refinancing or replacement of Debt (whether or not consummated) (but excluding any such costs amortized through or otherwise included or to be included in interest expense for any period), (vi) transaction costs, fees and expenses associated with any acquisition or disposition whether or not consummated, (vii) Debt extinguishment costs, (viii) losses on discontinued operations, (ix) amounts attributable to minority interests and (x) any additional non-cash losses, expenses and charges, minus, without duplication,

(b) the sum of (i) cash payments made during such period in respect of items added to the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (a)(iv) or clause (a)(viii) above during such period or any previous period and (ii) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries in reference to any period, the net income (or net loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period computed on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded, without duplication, from Consolidated Net Income (to the extent otherwise included therein):

(i)    the net income (or net loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of, or has merged into or consolidated with, such Person or another Subsidiary of such Person;

(ii)    the net income (or net loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries has an equity interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to such Person or its Subsidiaries during such period;

(iii)    any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to asset sales or dispositions, in each case other than in the ordinary course of business;

4

(iv)    any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses;

(v)    the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and

(vi)    any gains or losses due to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects calculated in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities (excluding any indebtedness for money borrowed having a maturity of less than 12 months from the date of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company but which by its terms is renewable or extendable beyond 12 months from such date at the option of the borrower) and (b) all goodwill, trade names, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and any other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and computed in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person on any Calculation Date, the ratio of (a) the sum of the aggregate outstanding amount of Debt of such Person and its Subsidiaries secured by a Lien, determined on a consolidated basis as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Calculation Date, in effect on such Calculation Date, to (b) the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Calculation Date.

For purposes of calculating the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio:

(1)    (A) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Subsidiaries, (B) discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and (C) operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of, in each case, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company calculated on a basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

(2)    (A) in the event that such Person or any Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Debt (other than Debt incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), subsequent to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available but on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Debt, as if the same had occurred on the last day of such most recent fiscal quarter and (B) the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated assuming that any revolving Debt Facility (including the ABL Credit Facility) is fully drawn based on its availability as of the Calculation Date; and

(3)    the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of any Debt denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Debt.

“Corporate Trust Office” means, with respect to the Trustee, the principal office at which at any particular time the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall be administered, which offices at the date of execution of this Indenture are located, in the case of the Trustee, (i) solely for purposes of (A) transfer, surrender, or exchange of the Notes and (B) acting as the Paying Agent or Registrar, at U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services, Attn: Original Issuance, P.O. Box 64111, St. Paul, MN 55164-0111 (by registered or certified mail) or U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services, Attn: Original Issuance, 2nd Floor, 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107 (by hand or overnight mail) and (ii) for all other purposes, the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, Attention: Corporate Trust Services/Account Administrator, 425 Walnut Street, 6th Floor, Cincinnati, OH 45202.

5

“Debt” means indebtedness for money borrowed that in accordance with GAAP would be reflected on the balance sheet of the obligor as a liability as of the date on which Debt is to be determined.

“Debt Facility” or “Debt Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time and including, without limitation, the ABL Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors, including convertible or exchangeable debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original trustee, administrative agent, holders and lenders or another trustee, administrative agent or agents or other holders or lenders or additional borrowers or guarantors and whether provided under the ABL Credit Facility or any other credit agreement or other agreement or indenture).

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Notes” means certificated Notes registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.01, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security” attached thereto.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency.

“Equity Offering” means any public or private issuance and sale of the Company’s common shares by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Equity Offering” shall not include:

(1)    any issuance and sale with respect to the Company’s common shares registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8; or

(2)    any issuance and sale to any Subsidiary of the Company.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Subsidiaries” means (i) any direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any non-Foreign Subsidiary if substantially all of its assets consist of the Voting Stock or indebtedness of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company, (iii) any non-Foreign Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (iv) any Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary, (v) any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to the extent, and for so long as, a guarantee by such Subsidiary of the obligations of the Company under any of the Secured Notes Documents would be prohibited by the terms of any organizational document, joint venture agreement or shareholder’s agreement applicable to such Subsidiary; provided that such prohibition existed on the Issue Date or, with respect to any Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Issue Date (and, in the case of any Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date, so long as such prohibition was not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition), on the date such Subsidiary is so formed or acquired, (vi) any parent entity of any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to the extent, and for so long as, a guarantee by such Subsidiary of the obligations of the Company under any of the Secured Notes Documents would be prohibited by the terms of any organizational document, joint venture agreement or shareholder’s agreement applicable to the non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to which such Subsidiary is a parent; provided that (A) such prohibition existed on the Issue Date or, with respect to any Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Issue Date (and, in the case of any Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date, for so long as such prohibition was not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition), on the date such Subsidiary is so formed or acquired and (B) a direct or indirect parent company of such parent entity (1) shall be a Guarantor and (2) shall be a holding company not engaged in any business activities or having any assets or liabilities other than (x) its ownership and acquisition of the Capital Stock of the applicable joint venture (or any other entity holding an ownership interest in such joint venture), together with activities directly related thereto, (y) actions required by law to maintain its existence and (z) activities incidental to its maintenance and continuance and to the foregoing activities; (vii) Cleveland-Cliffs International Holding Company, so long as substantially all of its assets consist of equity interests in, or indebtedness of, one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, (viii) Wabush Iron Co. Limited and (ix) any

6

Subsidiary of a Person described in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) or (viii), provided in each case that such Subsidiary has not guaranteed any Obligations of the Company or any co-borrowers or guarantors under (y) any of the Secured Notes Documents, or (z) the ABL Credit Facility (other than any Obligations of a co-borrower or guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary).

“Existing Indebtedness” means Debt of the Company and, as applicable, any of its Subsidiaries (other than Debt under the ABL Credit Facility and the Secured Notes) in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid but including any refinancing thereof.

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party.

“Fitch” means Fitch, Inc. and its successors.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that was not formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.01(d)(iii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

“Guarantors” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor.

“Hedge Agreement” means a “swap agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101(53B)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Hedging Obligations” means any and all obligations or liabilities, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries arising under, owing pursuant to, or existing in respect of Hedge Agreements entered into with one or more of the holders of ABL Credit Facility Obligations or one or more of their Affiliates.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Subsidiary of the Company (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary of the type described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) or (ix) in the definition thereof) that, together with its Subsidiaries, does not have (i) consolidated total assets in excess of 5.0% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the date of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company or (ii) consolidated total revenues in excess 5.0% of the consolidated total revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements of the Company are available immediately preceding such Calculation Date; provided that any such Subsidiary, when taken together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries does not, in each case together with their respective Subsidiaries, have (i) consolidated total assets with a value in excess of 10.0% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or (ii) consolidated total revenues in excess of 10.0% of the consolidated total revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Initial Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

7

“Investment Grade” means a rating of Baa3 or better by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Moody’s) and a rating of BBB- or better by Fitch (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Fitch), and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any replacement Rating Agency or rating agencies selected by the Company under the circumstances permitting the Company to select a replacement agency and in the manner for selecting a replacement agency, in each case as set forth in the definition of “Rating Agency.”

“Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are initially issued.

“Liens” means any mortgage, pledge, lien or other encumbrance.

“Mobile Equipment” means all of the right, title and interest of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any forklifts, trailers, graders, dump trucks, water trucks, grapple trucks, lift trucks, flatbed trucks, fuel trucks, other trucks, dozers, cranes, loaders, skid steers, excavators, back hoes, shovels, drill crawlers, other drills, scrappers, gondolas, flat cars, ore cars, shuttle cars, conveyors, locomotives, miners, other rail cars, and any other vehicles, mobile equipment and other equipment similar to any of the foregoing.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation, and its successors.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S).

“Note” or “Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (on behalf of DTC), or any successor Person thereto, and shall initially be the Trustee.

“Obligations” means all principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under any such proceeding or under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any indebtedness.

“Offering Memorandum” means that certain offering memorandum dated March 4, 2024, relating to the Company’s 7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032.

“Officer” means anyone of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Controller of the Company.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable.

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary or the Trustee.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(i)    Liens securing ABL Obligations, provided that the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Debt (including the issuance of letters of credit) under the ABL Credit Facility (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) shall not exceed, in aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time, the greater of (x) $4,750.0 million and (y) the Borrowing Base;

(ii)    Liens securing Secured Notes Obligations;

(iii)    [Intentionally Omitted];

8

(iv)    Liens existing on assets at the time of acquisition thereof, or incurred to secure the payment of all or part of the cost of the purchase or construction price of Property, or to secure Debt incurred or guaranteed for the purpose of financing all or part of the purchase or construction price of Property or the cost of improvements on Property, which Debt is incurred or guaranteed prior to, at the time of, or within 180 days after the later of such acquisition or completion of such improvements or construction or commencement of commercial operation of the assets;

(v)    Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor or, with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(vi)    Liens on Property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Subsidiary or at the time of a purchase, lease or other acquisition of the Property of a Person as an entirety or substantially as an entirety by the Company or a Subsidiary;

(vii)    Liens on the Company’s Property or that of a Subsidiary in favor of the United States of America or any State thereof, or any political subdivision thereof, or in favor of any other country, or any political subdivision thereof, to secure certain payments pursuant to any contract or statute or to secure any indebtedness incurred or guaranteed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of construction of the Property subject to such Liens (including, but not limited to, Liens incurred in connection with pollution control industrial revenue bond or similar financing);

(viii)    (a) pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations or similar legislation, or to secure liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations, or good faith deposits, prepayments or cash payments in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, customs duties and the like, or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in, the ordinary course of business and (b) Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money bonds, contractual arrangements with suppliers, reclamation bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice;

(ix)    Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, vendors’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s, supplier of materials, architects’ and other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business;

(x)    pledges or deposits under workmen’s compensation or similar legislation or in certain other circumstances;

(xi)    Liens in connection with legal proceedings;

(xii)    Liens for taxes or assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due or delinquent, or which can thereafter be paid without penalty, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(xiii)    Liens consisting of restrictions on the use of real property that do not interfere materially with the property’s use;

(xiv)    Liens on Property or shares of Capital Stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other Property of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(xv)    Liens on Property at the time the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acquires such Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or a Subsidiary of such Person, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other Property of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(xvi)    contract mining agreements and leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

9

(xvii)    easements, rights of way, zoning and similar restrictions, reservations (including severances, leases or reservations of oil, gas, coal, minerals or water rights), restrictions or encumbrances in respect of real property or title defects that were not incurred in connection with indebtedness and do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(xviii)    Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Company or any Subsidiary on deposit with or in possession of such bank;

(xix)    deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(xx)    Liens arising from UCC (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(xxi)    Liens securing Existing Indebtedness;

(xxii)    Liens securing Bank Product Obligations;

(xxiii)    options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to investments in joint ventures and partnerships;

(xxiv)    rights of owners of interests in overlying, underlying or intervening strata and/or mineral interests not owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, with respect to tracts of real property where the Company or the applicable Subsidiary’s ownership is only surface or severed mineral or is otherwise subject to mineral severances in favor of one or more third parties;

(xxv)    royalties, dedication of reserves under supply agreements, mining leases, or similar rights or interests granted, taken subject to, or otherwise imposed on properties consistent with normal practices in the mining industry and any precautionary UCC financing statement filings in respect of leases or consignment arrangements (and not any Debt) entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xxvi)    surface use agreements, easements, zoning restrictions, rights of way, encroachments, pipelines, leases, subleases, rights of use, licenses, special assessments, trackage rights, transmission and transportation lines related to mining leases or mineral rights and/or other real property including any re-conveyance obligations to a surface owner following mining, royalty payments, and other obligations under surface owner purchase or leasehold arrangements necessary to obtain surface disturbance rights to access the subsurface mineral deposits and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and which do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(xxvii)    any refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Lien (a “Refinanced Lien”) referred to in any of the foregoing clauses (“Permitted Refinancing Lien”); provided that any such Permitted Refinancing Lien shall not extend to any other Property, secure a greater principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) or have a higher priority than the Refinanced Lien;

(xxviii)    Liens securing Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary having an aggregate principal amount, as of the Calculation Date, not to exceed the greater of (A) $1,250.0 million minus the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Debt incurred pursuant to clause (ii) above and (B) an amount that, on a pro forma basis upon giving effect to the incurrence thereof (and application of the net proceeds therefrom), would cause the Company’s Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio to exceed 3.5:1.0; and

(xxix)    other Liens, in addition to those permitted in clauses (i) through (xxviii) above, securing Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary having an aggregate principal amount, as of the Calculation Date, not to exceed the greater of (A) $2,000.0 million and (B) 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, except as it relates to any Lien incurred pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) hereof, any Lien incurred under a category prescribed under clauses (iv) through (xxix) in the definition of Permitted Liens above, may be incurred under any combination of such categories

10

(including in part under one such category and in part under any such other category) and, in the event that a Lien (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more such categories of Permitted Liens, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, association, joint-stock company, joint venture, trust, incorporated or unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Property” means any property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

“QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A.

“Quotation Agent” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and its successors and assigns, or, if that firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an investment bank of national standing appointed by the Company.

“Rating Agency” means each of Moody’s and Fitch or if either of Moody’s or Fitch ceases to provide rating services to issuers or investors, the Company may appoint another “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act as a replacement for such Rating Agency.

“Redemption Date” means, with respect to any redemption of Notes, the date of redemption with respect thereto.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and its successors and assigns, and any other nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Company and identified to the Trustee by written notice from the Company that is a primary U.S. Government securities dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means with respect to any Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding such Redemption Date.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

“Restricted Notes” means the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes bearing the restrictive legend described in Section 2.01(d).

“Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.01(d)(i), and, in the case of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the additional legend set forth in Section 2.01(d)(ii).

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

“Secured Notes” means the 6.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 of the Company issued on March 13, 2020 and June 19, 2020, the Obligations of which are guaranteed by the Guarantors.

“Secured Notes Documents” means any documents or instruments evidencing or governing any Secured Notes Obligations.

“Secured Notes Obligations” means Debt outstanding under the Secured Notes and all other Obligations (not constituting Debt) of the Company or any Guarantor under the Secured Notes.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w)(1) or (2) of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

11

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any Debt, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Debt, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or other legal entity (a) the accounts of which are consolidated with the Company’s in accordance with GAAP and (b) of which, in the case of a corporation, more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries or, in the case of any partnership or other legal entity, more than 50% of the ordinary equity capital interests is, at the time, directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries.

“TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then remaining average life to March 15, 2027, provided, however, that if the average life to March 15, 2027 of the Notes, is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the average life to March 15, 2027 of the Notes is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

“Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any managing director, director, vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means debt securities that are:

(a)    direct obligations of The United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(b)    obligations of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of The United States of America the full and timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as full faith and credit obligations by The United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer itself and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt. Except as required by law, such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

“U.S. Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Subsidiary of such Person that is organized under the laws of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

“Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

12

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

Term	Section
“Additional Restricted Notes”	2.01(b)
“Agent Members”	2.01(e)(iii)
“Authenticating Agent”	2.02
“Change of Control Offer”	3.06(a)
“Change of Control Payment”	3.06(a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”	3.06(b)
“Clearstream”	2.01(b)
“Company Order”	2.02
“Covenant Defeasance”	8.03
“Defaulted Interest”	2.14
“Euroclear”	2.01(b)
“Event of Default”	6.01
“Global Notes”	2.01(b)
“Guaranteed Obligations”	10.01(a)
“Legal Defeasance”	8.02
“Notes Register”	2.03
“Notice of Change of Control Offer”	3.06(b)
“Paying Agent”	2.03
“Payment Default”	6.01(e)(i)
“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”	2.01(b)
“Permitted Refinancing Lien"	1.01
“protected purchaser”	2.10
“Refinanced Lien”	1.01
“Registrar”	2.03
“Regulation S Global Note”	2.01(b)
“Regulation S Notes”	2.01(b)
“Resale Restriction Termination Date”	2.06(b)
“Restricted Period”	2.01(b)
“Rule 144A Global Note”	2.01(b)
“Rule 144A Notes”	2.01(b)
“Special Interest Payment Date”	2.14(a)
“Special Record Date”	2.14(a)
“successor person”	4.01(a)
“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”	2.01(b)

Section 1.03. Trust Indenture Act. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Indenture securities” means the Notes.

“obligor” on the Indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the Indenture securities.

13

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be required to qualify this Indenture under the TIA.

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)    a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b)    an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c)    “or” is not exclusive;

(d)    the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;

(e)    words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(f)    the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(g)    all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Notes in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America;

(h)    the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(i)    “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(j)    provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(k)    references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission or by legislative process from time to time;

(l)    unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

(m)    words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders.

14

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Terms.

(a)    The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $825,000,000. In addition, the Company may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes (as provided herein). Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.02, 2.06, 2.10, 2.12, 5.06 or 9.05 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.06.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may not issue any Additional Notes, unless immediately after giving effect to such issuance, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

The Initial Notes shall be known and designated as “7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032” of the Company. Any Additional Notes shall be known and designated as “7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032” of the Company. Any Additional Notes that are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have a separate CUSIP number.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in (i) an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information:

(i)    the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and

(ii)    the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue.

In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 13.04, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Notes.

The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes or the Additional Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

The terms of any Additional Notes shall be established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company and a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or this Indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. For the avoidance of any doubt, any Additional Notes that are issued in connection with a transaction in which an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel were delivered shall be valid for all purposes and constitute Additional Notes hereunder, even if subsequently it is determined that such issuance was not in compliance with the covenants of this Indenture.

(b)    The Initial Notes are being offered and issued by the Company pursuant to the Offering Memorandum. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “Additional Restricted Notes”) will be placed initially only with (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, in each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Company from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

Restricted Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially

15

in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in clause (d) below (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Restricted Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America in reliance on Regulation S (the “Regulation S Notes”) shall initially be issued in the form of a temporary global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), without interest coupons. Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, including appropriate legends as set forth in clause (d) below (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a “Regulation S Global Note”) within a reasonable period after the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined below) and upon (i) delivery by the Company of a certification or other evidence in a form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note or (ii) receipt by the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to the expiration of the Restricted Period and instructing the Trustee to authenticate a Permanent Regulation S Global Note. Each Regulation S Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC in the manner described in this Article 2 for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct), including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream”). Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred to Non-U.S. Persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described herein.

Investors may hold their interests in the Regulation S Global Note through organizations other than Euroclear or Clearstream that are participants in DTC’s system or directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. If such interests are held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC.

The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

The Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global Notes.”

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Company (or the Trustee when it is acting as the Registrar and Paying Agent) as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed (or otherwise delivered) to Holders of the Notes at their registered addresses as they appear on the Notes Register (as defined in Section 2.03) or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to

16

such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A hereto and in clause (d) below. The Company shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A hereto are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

(c)    Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

(d)    Restrictive Legends. Unless and until an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is sold under an effective registration statement:

(i)each Rule 144A Global Note and Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

(1)REPRESENTS THAT

(A)IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR

(B)IT IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND

(2)AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC. THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

(A)TO CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.,

(B)PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(C)TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(D)IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(E)PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) ABOVE, CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS

17

OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

(ii)the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend on the face thereof:

THIS NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(iii)each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

(iv)any Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTE BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO:

Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.

200 Public Square

Suite 3300

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

(e)    Book-Entry Provisions. (i) This Section 2.01(e) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.

(ii)    Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d). Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to DTC, its successors or their respective nominees, except as set forth in Section 2.01(e)(v) and Section 2.01(f). If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged

18

for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

(iii)Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(iv)In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(f) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon written request of the Company, authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

(v)In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.01(f), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon written request of the Company, authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

(vi)The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(vii)Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (A) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (B) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

(f)    Definitive Notes. (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or, (B) the Company in its sole discretion executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes.

(ii)Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(e)(iv) shall, (A) except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.01(d) and (B) be registered in the name of the Holder of the Definitive Note.

19

(iii)If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled certificated Note, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon written request of the Company, authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

(iv)If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon written request of the Company, authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

(v)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in no event shall a Definitive Note be delivered upon exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to the end of the Restricted Period.

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual, facsimile or electronic (including “pdf”) signature. If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall, upon written request of the Company, authenticate and make available for delivery: (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $825,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount, and (c) under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.06(d), Initial Notes in the form of an Unrestricted Global Note, in each case after receipt of: (i) a written order of the Company signed by one Officer (the “Company Order”) and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel, addressed to the Trustee, which in the case of (a) above shall be to the effect that this Indenture and the Notes executed prior to or as of the Issue Date have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantors and are enforceable against them, subject to customary enforceability exceptions, and that the issuance of the Notes has been duly authorized. Such Company Order shall specify whether the Notes will be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes.

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee is authorized to do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

In case the Company or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article 4 or Section 10.02, as applicable, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company or any Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article 4 or Section 10.02, as applicable,

20

any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.02 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Notes Register”). The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries organized in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. So long as U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association acts as the Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes, the Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes, but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (a) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (b) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (a) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee. The Registrar or Paying Agent (if it is also the Trustee) may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company.

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium or interest when due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Company or other obligors on the Notes), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company or any Guarantor in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes together with a full accounting thereof. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.04 the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available and known to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other

21

times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

(a)Transfer of Notes. A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by this Section 2.06. The Trustee will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.06 by noting the same in the register maintained by the Trustee for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 2.06 and Section 2.01(e) and Section 2.01(f), as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this paragraph.

(b)Transfers of Rule 144A Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note prior to the date which is one year after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes or the relevant beneficial interest therein (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”):

(i)a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of DTC; and

(ii)a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.09 from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company, the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it.

(c)Transfers of Regulation S Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period:

(i)a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

(ii)a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non- U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.09 from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Company.

22

After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.09 or any additional certification.

(d)Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless (i) an Initial Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement, (ii) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend in accordance with this paragraph (d) or (iii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(e)[Reserved.]

(f)Retention of Written Communications. The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.01 or this Section 2.06. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

(g)Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

(i)To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article 2, execute and the Trustee shall, upon written request from the Company, authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

(ii)No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.02, 2.06, 2.10, 2.12, 3.06, 5.06 or 9.05).

(iii)The Company (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv)Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal or premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph 2 of the form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(v)Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(f) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.01(d).

(vi)All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(h)No Obligation of the Trustee. (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other

23

Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii)The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance on their face as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(i)Affiliate Holders. By accepting a beneficial interest in a Global Note, any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company agrees to give written notice to the Company, the Trustee and the Registrar of the acquisition and its Affiliate status.

Section 2.07. [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 2.08. [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 2.09. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S. The form of certificate to be delivered in connection with transfers of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

Section 2.10. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon written request from the Company, authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Company or Trustee prior to such Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee; provided, however, if after the delivery of such replacement Note, a protected purchaser of the Note for which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced Note, the Trustee or the Company shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Company or the Trustee in connection therewith. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of written notice to the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute, and upon receipt of a Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a replacement Note, pay such Note.

Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section 2.10, the Company may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this Section 2.10, every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.10 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional

24

contractual obligation of the Company, any Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 2.10 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 2.11. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.11 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds such Note; provided, however, that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Company or a Subsidiary shall not be considered outstanding. If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.10 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement pursuant to Section 2.10.

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

Section 2.12. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall, upon written request from the Company, authenticate temporary Notes, which shall be maintained in registered form in accordance with Section 2.03. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall, upon written request from the Company, authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon written request from the Company, authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes.

Section 2.13. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Notes in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures including delivery of a certificate describing such Notes disposed (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) or deliver canceled Notes to the Company pursuant to written direction by one Officer. If the Company or any Guarantor acquires any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Debt represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.13. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian

25

for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

Section 2.14. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03.

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

(a)The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 25 days after the Trustee’s receipt of such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Company shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Company, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 13.02, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).

(b)The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.15. Computation of Interest. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Section 2.16. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP”, “Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP”, “Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE 3

COVENANTS

26

Section 3.01. Payment of Notes.

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 3.02. [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 3.03. Restrictions on Liens. The Company will not, nor will it permit any Guarantor to, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any Debt secured by a Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its Property (whether such Property is now owned or hereafter acquired) without in any such case effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with such Debt until such time as such Debt is no longer secured by such Lien; provided that if the Debt so secured is subordinated by its terms to the Notes or the related Guarantee, the Lien securing such Debt will also be so subordinated by its terms to the Notes and the related Guarantee at least to the same extent. Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Lien securing the Debt that gave rise to the obligation to equally and ratably secure the Notes.

Section 3.04. Restrictions on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. (a) The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any Guarantor to, enter into a sale and leaseback transaction of any Property (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), unless:

(i)    the Company or such Guarantor would be entitled under this Indenture, to issue, assume or guarantee Debt secured by a Lien upon such Property at least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes, provided that, such Attributable Debt shall thereupon be deemed to be Debt subject to the provisions of Section 3.03; or

(ii)    within 180 days, an amount in cash equal to such Attributable Debt is applied to the retirement of funded Debt (Debt that matures at or is extendible or renewable at the option of the obligor to a date more than twelve months after the date of the creation of such Debt) ranking pari passu with the Notes, in an amount not less than the greater of (A) the net proceeds of the sale of the Property leased pursuant to the arrangement or (B) the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the Property so leased.

(b)    The restrictions set forth in paragraph (a) in this Section 3.04 shall not apply to a sale and leaseback transaction between the Company and a Guarantor or between Guarantors, or that involves the taking back of a lease for a period of less than three years.

Section 3.05. [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 3.06. Change of Control Triggering Event.

(a)Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 5.07 by giving irrevocable written notice to the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture, each Holder of the Notes shall have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described in this Section 3.06 (the “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

27

(b)Unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes, within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control Triggering Event occurred with respect to the Notes or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control but after the public announcement of the pending Change of Control, the Company shall be required to send, by first class mail (or to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC procedures or regulations with respect to Global Notes, electronically), a written notice to each Holder of Notes, with a copy to the Trustee (“Notice of Change of Control Offer”), which Notice of Change of Control Offer shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such Notice of Change of Control Offer shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise sent, other than as may be required by law (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). The Notice of Change of Control Offer, if mailed or otherwise sent prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, shall state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control being consummated on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

(c)On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

(i)accept or cause a third party to accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii)deposit or cause a third party to deposit with a Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii)deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased and that all conditions precedent to the Change of Control Offer and to the repurchase by the Company of Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer have been complied with.

(d)The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for such an offer made by the Company and such third party purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

(e)The Notice of Change of Control Offer shall describe the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and state:

(i)that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.06 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

(ii)the Change of Control Payment Date;

(iii)that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(iv)that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(v)any conditions precedent to the consummation of the Change of Control Offer;

(vi)that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the Notice of Change of Control Offer prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(vii)that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile, or electronic transmission in the form of a “pdf” on letterhead (if applicable) and signed by an authorized signer or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder's election to have the Notes purchased; and

28

(viii)that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000.

(f)On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii)deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii)deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail or deliver (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment to the extent it has been received for such Notes, and the Trustee, upon receipt of the Officer’s Certificate referred to in clause (iii) above, will promptly authenticate and mail or otherwise deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry), at the Company’s expense, to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(g)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.06, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 3.06 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (ii) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 5.03 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(h)The Company shall comply in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 3.06, the Company will comply with those securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.06 by virtue of any such conflict.

Section 3.07. Reports to Holders. Whether or not the Company is then required to file reports with the Commission, the Company shall file with the Commission all such reports and other information as it would be required to file with the Commission by Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act if it were subject thereto within the time periods specified by the Commission’s rules and regulations for an accelerated filer (including any extension as would be permitted by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act).

Section 3.08. Additional Guarantees. If the Company or any Guarantor acquires or creates another Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned U.S. Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), then, within 60 days of the date of such acquisition or creation, as applicable, such Subsidiary must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto and the Company must deliver a written request to sign and an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee as to the satisfaction of all conditions precedent to such execution under this Indenture.

Section 3.09. [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 3.10. Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 4, hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

29

(a)    its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of the Guarantors, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

(b)    the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and the Guarantors;

provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee that (i) the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (ii) the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes, and provided further, that this Section 3.10 does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 3.04.

Section 3.11. Compliance Certificate.

(a)    The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled in all material respects its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to the Officer signing such certificate, that to his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled in all material respects each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b)    So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 10 Business Days upon any Officer becoming aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 3.12. Further Instruments and Acts. The Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

Section 3.13. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 3.14. Certain Calculations.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein (including in connection with any calculation made on a pro forma basis), if the terms of this Indenture require (1) compliance with any financial ratio or financial test (including, without limitation, any Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio test) and/or any cap expressed as a percentage of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, (2) the absence of a Default or Event of Default (or any type of default or event of default) or (3) compliance with any representation, warranty, basket or other condition, as a condition to the consummation of any transaction (including in connection with any acquisition or similar investment or the assumption or incurrence of Debt or Liens), the determination of whether the relevant condition, in each case of clause (1), (2) and (3) above, is satisfied may be made, at the election of the Company, (i) in the case of any acquisition or similar investment and any transaction related thereto (including the incurrence of any Debt or Liens), at the time of (or on the basis of the financial statements for the most recently ended four quarter period available at the time of) either (x) the execution of the definitive agreement with respect to such acquisition or investment or

30

(y) the consummation of such acquisition or investment, after giving effect to the relevant acquisition or similar investment or other transaction on a pro forma basis (including, in each case, giving effect to the relevant transaction, any relevant Debt (including the intended use of proceeds thereof) and, at the election of the Company, giving pro forma effect to other prospective “limited conditionality” acquisitions or similar investments for which definitive agreements have been executed), and no representation, warranty or covenant shall be deemed to be breached or default or event of default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of an adverse change in such financial ratio or test occurring after the time such election is made (but any subsequent improvement in the applicable financial ratio or test may be utilized by the Company or any Subsidiary). For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company shall have elected the option set forth in this paragraph in respect of any transaction, then the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be permitted to consummate such transaction even if any applicable test or condition shall cease to be satisfied or representation, warranty or covenant shall be breached subsequent to the Company’s election of such option.

ARTICLE 4

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

Section 4.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets.

(a)    The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, any Person (a “successor person”) unless:

(i)The Company is the surviving corporation or the successor person (if other than the Company) is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of any U.S. jurisdiction and expressly assumes the Company’s obligations on the Notes and under this Indenture;

(ii)immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or passage of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture; and

(iii)the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and all conditions precedent are satisfied.

(b)    No Guarantor will consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets to a successor person unless:

(i)(A) the successor person is the Company or a Guarantor or a Person that becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; (B) such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the successor person is validly existing under the laws of any U.S. jurisdiction and expressly assumes such Guarantor’s obligations on its Guarantee and under this Indenture; (C) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or passage of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture; and (D) the Guarantor will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and all conditions precedent are satisfied; or

(ii)the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Guarantor) in a transaction not otherwise prohibited or restricted by this Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or a Guarantor.

31

ARTICLE 5

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 5.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 5.07, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 12 days (or such shorter time as acceptable by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

(a)    the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(b)    the Redemption Date;

(c)    the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

(d)    the redemption price.

Any redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be cancelled by the Company at any time prior to notice of redemption being mailed or otherwise delivered to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void.

Section 5.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.07 hereof or purchased in a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.06 hereof, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase (i) if the Notes are Global Notes, pursuant to the applicable rules of DTC, and (ii) if the Notes are Definitive Notes, on a pro rata basis or as required by the rules of the depositary except:

(a)    if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed;

(b)    to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable, by lot or as required by the rules of DTC; or

(c)    if otherwise required by law.

No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part. In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 5.03. Notice of Redemption. At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company will deliver by electronic transmission (including “pdf” on letterhead (if applicable) and signed by an authorized signer), mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12. The Company shall promptly provide a copy of such notice of redemption to the Trustee.

The notice will identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and will state:

(a)    the Redemption Date;

(b)    the redemption price;

32

(c)    if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d)    the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e)    that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f)    that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(g)    the paragraph or sub-paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(h)    that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(i)    if such redemption is pursuant to Section 5.07(a), any conditions to such redemption.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will deliver the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 35 days prior to the Redemption Date (or such shorter period as the Trustee shall agree), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee deliver such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Prior to the mailing or delivery of any notice of redemption of the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the conditions precedent to the right of redemption have occurred. Any such notice to the Trustee may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

Notice of any redemption of Notes described herein, whether in connection with an Equity Offering or otherwise, may be given prior to such redemption, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition and, if applicable, shall state that such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion) by the Redemption Date as stated in such notice. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

Section 5.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed or otherwise delivered in accordance with Section 5.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price unless such notice of redemption is subject to one or more conditions precedent as permitted by the last paragraph of Section 5.03, in which case such notice of redemption becomes irrevocable once the conditions set forth therein are satisfied.

Section 5.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. Prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for

33

redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 3.01 hereof.

Section 5.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of a written authentication order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an authentication order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

Section 5.07. Optional Redemption.

(a)    Prior to March 15, 2027, the Company may, at any time and from time to time, redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 107.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that:

(i)    at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(ii)    the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering or contribution.

(b)    Prior to March 15, 2027, the Company may, at any time and from time to time, also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by or on behalf of the Company (or to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC procedures or regulations with respect to Global Notes sent electronically) by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100.000% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed and (ii) the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(c)    Except pursuant to (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 5.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Company’s option.

(d)    On or after March 15, 2027, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period, beginning on each date set forth below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Period	Redemption price
March 15, 2027	103.500%
March 15, 2028	101.750%
March 15, 2029 and thereafter	100.000%

(e)    Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

34

(f)    Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.01 through 5.06.

Section 5.08. Mandatory Redemption. Except to the extent the Company may be required to offer to purchase the Notes pursuant to Section 3.06, the Company is not required to make mandatory repurchase, redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, the Company may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01. Events of Default. Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(a)    a default in the payment of any interest on the Notes, when such payment becomes due and payable, and continuance of that default for a period of 30 days (unless the entire amount of the payment is deposited by the Company with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent prior to the expiration of such period of 30 days);

(b)    a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes when such payment becomes due and payable;

(c)    a default in the performance or breach of any other covenant or warranty by the Company in this Indenture, which default continues uncured for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes, as provided in this Indenture;

(d)    any Guarantee of a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture and the Guarantees) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture;

(e)    there occurs a default under any Debt of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of the Guarantors), whether such Debt or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date if that default:

(i)    is caused by a failure to pay any such Debt at its final Stated Maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace period) (a “Payment Default”); or

(ii)    results in the acceleration of such Debt prior to its final Stated Maturity,

and, in either case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Debt, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other such Debt under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $150.0 million or more;

(f)    failure by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to pay final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $150.0 million (net of any amount covered by insurance issued by a national insurance company that has not contested coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(g)    the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code:

(i)    commences a voluntary case,

(ii)    consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(iii)    consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(iv)    makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(v)    generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

35

(h)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under the Bankruptcy Code that:

(i)    is for relief against the Company or any Guarantor in an involuntary case;

(ii)    appoints a custodian of the Company or any Guarantor or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of Guarantor; or

(iii)    orders the liquidation of the Company or any Guarantor; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

(i)    If an Event of Default specified under clauses (a) through (f) of this Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all such Notes to be due and payable.

Section 6.02. Acceleration. In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01, with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all such Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable immediately.

Section 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture or the Guarantees.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent provided by law, provided, that once all amounts due to Holders under this Indenture and the Notes, including, without limitation, principal, premium and interest, shall have been paid, there shall be no duplication of any recovery provided by such remedies.

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, (a) waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on, the Notes and (b) rescind an acceleration and its consequences. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that it determines conflicts with law or this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or, subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.02, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.

The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium.

36

Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, at the request or direction of any Holders of Notes unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(a)    such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(b)    Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy;

(c)    such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(d)    the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(e)    Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.06(a)), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the lien of this Indenture under any property subject to such Lien.

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.06(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, accountants, experts and counsel.

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, accountants, experts and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, accountants, experts and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

37

Section 6.10. Priorities.

(a)    If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or proceeds of property in the following order:

FIRST: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

SECOND: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

(b)    The Company shall fix the record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10 and provide written notice to the Trustee of such dates.

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

(a)    If an Event of Default, of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice from the Company, has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes, or the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against loss, liability or expense.

(b)    Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i)    the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii)    in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof or thereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own bad faith or willful misconduct, except that:

(i)    this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

(ii)    the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of the Trustee unless it is found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

38

(iii)    the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05, and

(iv)    no provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability (financial or otherwise) in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, and the Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power if it reasonably believes that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(d)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to all of the clauses of this Section 7.01.

(e)    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

(f)    Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law, this Indenture or the Notes.

(g)    Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01.

(h)    Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by one Officer.

(i)    Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, the Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor or verify compliance by the Company or any Guarantor with any other obligation or covenant under such documents.

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.01:

(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document (whether in its original or electronic form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact, matter or opinion stated in such document. However, the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts, matters and opinions as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company, at a reasonable time and in a reasonable manner, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Company as provided herein, but shall have no duty whatsoever with respect to the contents thereof, including no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Company.

(b)    Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c)    The Trustee may act through its attorneys, custodians, nominees and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney, custodian, nominee or agent appointed with due care.

(d)    Subject to Section 7.01(c), the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred on it by this Indenture.

(e)    The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes or the Guarantees in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

39

(f)    Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer.

(g)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default or whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary or whether any other event or action has occurred unless written notice of (1) any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default or (2) of any such Significant Subsidiary or (3) of any other event or action is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice describing the Default or Event of Default, Significant Subsidiaries, or other event or action references the Notes and this Indenture and details the nature of such Default or Event of Default. Delivery of reports to the Trustee pursuant to clause (a) above shall not constitute notice to the Trustee of the information contained therein.

(h)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(i)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the losses, costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(j)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice of such fact at the Corporate Trust Office.

(k)    Whenever in the administration of or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, the Company is required to provide an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, as the case may be, request and in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon such Officer’s Certificate.

(l)    In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any special, indirect, punitive, incidental, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(m)    The Trustee may request that the Company and any Guarantor deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and titles of Officers (with specimen signatures) authorized at such times to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(n)    If any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to assume no such event occurred.

(o)    The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into (i) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, or (ii) the occurrence of any default, or the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Indenture, or any other agreement, instrument or document.

(p)    No provision of this Indenture or the Notes shall require the Trustee to give any bond or surety or to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability (financial or otherwise) in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, and the Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power if it reasonably believes that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(q)    In the event that the Trustee (in such capacity or in any other capacity hereunder) is unable to decide between alternative courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this Indenture, or in the event that the Trustee is unsure as to the application of any provision of this Indenture, or believes any such provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other application provision, or in the

40

event that this Indenture permits any determination by or the exercise of discretion on the part of the Trustee or is silent or is incomplete as to the course of action that the Trustee is required to take with respect to a particular set of facts, the Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Holders requesting instruction as to the course of action to be adopted, and to the extent the Trustee acts in good faith in accordance with any written instructions received from a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, the Trustee shall not be liable on account of such action to any Person. If the Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within 10 days of such notice (or such shorter period as reasonably may be specified in such notice or as may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Holders and the Trustee shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

(r)    The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with any direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes permitted to be given by them under this Indenture.

(s)    The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty to take such action.

(t)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(u)    The Trustee shall not have an obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from the Company. In the absence of written investment direction from the Company, all cash received by the Trustee from the Company shall be placed in a non-interest bearing deposit account. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon.

(v)    The Trustee shall not have any liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its Stated Maturity or the failure of the Company to provide timely written investment direction.

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, the Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.12. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Company; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the TIA), the Trustee must (a) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (b) apply to the Commission for permission to continue acting as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or (c) resign.

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Guarantees, or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes (including without limitation any preliminary or final offering memorandum) or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives written notice of such event addressed to its address set forth in Section 13.02, from the Company or a Guarantor, the Trustee shall, at the Company’s expense, mail by first-class mail to each Holder at the address set forth in the Notes Register, or otherwise deliver in accordance with the procedures of DTC, notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it receives notice. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium (if any), or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

41

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each December 15 beginning December 15, 2024, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such December 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby (but if no event described in such Section has occurred within the 12 months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b) and TIA § 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed by the Trustee to the Company. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company and Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and its services hereunder and under the Notes and the Guarantees, as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company and Guarantors shall, in addition to the compensation for their services, reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing or other delivery of notices to Holders. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants, custodians, nominees and experts. The Company and Guarantors shall jointly and severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trustee, its directors, officers, employees and agents against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes and the Guarantees, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.07, the Notes and the Guarantees of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Company, or otherwise)). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company and Guarantors shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate at the Company’s expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company and Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, that neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any such settlement made without its consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). This indemnification shall apply to officers, directors, employees, shareholders, and agents of the Trustee.

To secure the Company’s and Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture (including any termination or rejection hereof under the Bankruptcy Code), final payment in full of the Notes, or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.07 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Debt of the Company or Guarantors.

The Company’s and Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture (including any termination or rejection hereof under the Bankruptcy Code), final payment in full of the Notes and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in clause (h) or clause (i) of Section 6.01, the expenses and compensation for services (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents, accountants, experts and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee and the Company in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

(a)    the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(b)    the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under the Bankruptcy Code;

42

(c)    a receiver, custodian or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d)    the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee) and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a written notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee for Notes to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA § 310(b), any Holder, who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08 the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion.

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

Section 7.11. [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 7.12. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

Section 7.13. Trustee in Other Capacities. References in this Indenture to the Trustee in any provision of this Indenture shall be understood to include the Trustee acting in its other capacities under this Indenture, including acting in its capacity as Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent.

Section 7.14. USA Patriot Act. The Company acknowledges that, to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires that the Trustee, like all financial institutions,

43

obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Person who establishes a relationship or opens an account with Trustee. The Company agrees that it will provide the Trustee with such information and documentation it may reasonably request to verify the Company’s formation and existence as a legal entity. The Company also agrees that it will provide the Trustee with such financial statements, licenses, identification and authorization documents from individuals claiming authority to represent the Company as the Trustee may reasonably request to satisfy the requirements of Federal law.

Section 7.15. Calculations in Respect of the Notes. The Company shall be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including, without limitation, determination of premiums, Additional Notes, original issue discount, conversion rates and adjustments, if any. The Company shall make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations shall be final and binding on the Holders of the Notes. The Company shall provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when applicable, and the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification.

Section 7.16. Brokerage Confirmations. The Company acknowledges that regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency grant the Company the right to receive brokerage confirmations of the security transactions as they occur. To the extent contemplated by law, the Company specifically waives any such notification relating to any securities transactions contemplated herein; provided, however, that the Trustee shall send to the Company periodic cash transaction statements that describe all investment transactions.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: Defeasance. The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes and the related Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) and this Indenture on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a)    the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04;

(b)    the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2;

(c)    the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(d)    this Section 8.02.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.03, 3.04, 3.06, and 3.07 with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the

44

consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(c) through 6.01(f) will not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03:

(a)    the Company shall have deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee, in trust, money and/or U.S. Government Obligations that, through the payment of interest and principal in accordance with their terms, will provide not later than one day before the due date of any payment of money, an amount in cash that is sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants to pay and discharge each installment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the Notes on the Stated Maturity of those payments in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes;

(b)    such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture or any other material agreement by which the Company or the Guarantors are bound;

(c)    in the case of an election under Section 8.02, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(d)    in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(e)    the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and

(f)    the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust: Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.06, all money and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

45

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06. Repayment to the Company. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors (with respect to the Guarantees) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder (except that no existing Guarantor need execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to clause (h) below):

(a)    to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(b)    to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(c)    to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes and Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

(d)    to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder or under the Notes and the Guarantees of any such Holder;

(e)    [Intentionally Omitted];

(f)    to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum;

46

(g)    to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof;

(h)    to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

(i)    to add any additional obligors under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees;

(j)    to add collateral to secure the Notes;

(k)    to comply with the provisions under Section 4.01; and

(l)    to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment by a successor Trustee.

Subject to Section 9.02, upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.01.

The Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (other than with respect to a supplemental indenture to add a Guarantor) confirming that all conditions precedent are satisfied with respect to any supplemental indenture and that such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted.

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, the Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.11 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, except that the Trustee need not execute such amended or supplemental indenture if the Trustee reasonably believes that such amended or supplemental indenture adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1)    reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2)    reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(3)    reduce the principal or change the Stated Maturity date of any Note or reduce the amount of, or postpone the date fixed for, the payment of any sinking fund or analogous obligation with respect to any Note;

47

(4)    waive a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5)    make the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes;

(6)    make any change to the right of Holders of Notes to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or in Section 6.04 or Section 6.07;

(7)    waive a redemption payment that is made at the option of the Company, with respect to any Note;

(8)    release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(9)    make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions of this paragraph.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Notes given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.02.

Section 9.03. [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.

(a)    Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation at the Corporate Trust Office provided in Section 13.02 before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

(b)    The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an authentication order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

48

Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments.

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture, except that the Trustee need not execute such amended or supplemental indenture if the Trustee reasonably believes that such amended or supplemental indenture adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized its execution. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 and Section 7.02) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent are satisfied with respect to any such amended or supplemental indenture.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEE

Section 10.01. Guarantee. (a) Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise and all other Obligations and liabilities of the Company under this Indenture (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding), relating to the Company or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

(b)    Each Guarantor agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(c)    To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations.

(d)    Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(e)    Except as set forth in Section 10.02, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment or performance of the Guaranteed Obligations), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to exercise or enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) any change in the ownership of the Company; (v) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (vi) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(f)    Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent obligations or indemnification obligations, in each case for which no claim has been asserted) or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 10.02, Article 8 or Article 12. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if

49

any, or interest on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

(g)    In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written notice by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).

(h)    Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

(i)    Neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof and any such notation shall not be a condition to the validity of any Guarantee.

(j)    Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Section 10.02. Limitation on Liability; Termination; Release and Discharge.

(a)    Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b)    Each Guarantee by a Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and such Subsidiary’s obligations under the Guarantee and this Indenture will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, upon:

(i)     (1) any sale, exchange, transfer or disposition of such Guarantor (by merger, consolidation, or the sale of), the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than by lease), whether or not the Guarantor is the surviving corporation in such transaction, to a Person which is not the Company or a Subsidiary; providedthat (x) such sale, exchange, transfer or disposition is made in compliance with this Indenture, including Section 4.01 and (y) all the obligations of such Guarantor under all Debt of the Company or its Subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction; (2) the Company exercising either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03; or (3) the applicable Guarantor becoming or constituting an Excluded Subsidiary; and

(ii)    such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to release and discharge of such Guarantor’s Guarantee have been complied with.

(c)    Such Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all its obligations under this Indenture and its Guarantee and such Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force and effect if (x) such sale, exchange, transfer or disposition is made in compliance with this Indenture, including

50

Section 4.01 and (y) all the obligations of such Guarantor under all Debt of the Company or its Subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction.

(d)    If the Guarantee of any Guarantor is deemed to be released and discharged or is automatically released and discharged, upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate stating the identity of the released Guarantor and the basis for the release in reasonable detail and an Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release and discharge of the Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee.

Section 10.03. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Company or any other Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.03 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

Section 10.04. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Company on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 10.05. Execution and Delivery of a Guarantee.

(a)    The execution by each Guarantor of this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit B hereto) evidences the Guarantee of such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee after authentication constitutes due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.

(b)    The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

ARTICLE 11

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder and Guarantees thereof, when:

(a)    either:

(i)    all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii)    all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing or other delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be

51

deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non- callable U.S. Government Obligations, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and accrued interest to the maturity date or Redemption Date;

(b)    no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(c)    the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture (other than contingent obligations or indemnification obligations, in each case for which no claim has been asserted); and

(d)    the Company has delivered irrevocable written instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at the maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(ii) of this Section 12.01, the provisions of Section 8.06 and Section 12.02 shall survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 12.02. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 12.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01. Reserved.

Section 13.02. Notices. All notices or communications required by this Indenture shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by electronic transmission in the form of a “pdf” on letterhead (if applicable) and signed by an authorized signer delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

52

if to the Company or to any Guarantor:

Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.

200 Public Square, Suite 3300

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Email: legalnotices@clevelandcliffs.com

Attention: James D. Graham, Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer & Secretary

with a copy to:

Jones Day

North Point

901 Lakeside Avenue

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Attention: Michael J. Solecki

Email: mjsolecki@jonesday.com

if to the Trustee, at

U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association

Attention: Corporate Trust Services/Account Administrator

425 Walnut Street, 6th Floor

Cincinnati, OH 45202

The Company or the Trustee by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication to the Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile or electronic transmission (including “pdf” on letterhead (if applicable) and signed by an authorized signer); the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, and five calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Any written notice or communication to the Trustee shall be deemed delivered upon receipt.

Any written notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears in the Notes Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail a written notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a written notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such written notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Section 13.03. Communication by Holders With Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a)    an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

53

(b)    an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(a)    a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c)    a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d)    a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

Section 13.06. [Intentionally Omitted]

Section 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

Section 13.08. Business Days. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

Section 13.09. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE COURTS OF, AND THE FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN, THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

Section 13.10. No Recourse Against Others. An incorporator, director, officer, employee, member, partner or shareholder of the Company or any Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are a part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

The waiver may not be effective to waive liability under the federal securities laws.

Section 13.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 13.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture and signature pages for all purposes.

Section 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

54

Section 13.14. WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

Section 13.15. [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 13.16. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 13.17. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

[Signature Pages Follow]

55

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.
By:	/s/ Celso L. Goncalves Jr.
	Name: Celso L. Goncalves Jr.
	Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Indenture]

CANNON AUTOMOTIVE SOLUTIONS – BOWLING GREEN, INC.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INVESTMENTS INC.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS STEEL HOLDING CORPORATION
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS STEEL HOLDINGS INC.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS STEEL MANAGEMENT INC.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS STEEL PROPERTIES INC.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS TOOLING AND STAMPING COMPANY
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS TOOLING AND STAMPING HOLDINGS LLC
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS TUBULAR COMPONENTS LLC
CLIFFS MINNESOTA MINING COMPANY
CLIFFS TIOP HOLDING, LLC
CLIFFS TIOP II, LLC
CLIFFS TIOP, INC.
CLIFFS UTAC HOLDING LLC
FLEETWOOD METAL INDUSTRIES, LLC
SNA CARBON, LLC
By:	/s/ James D. Graham
	Name: James D. Graham
	Title: Vice President

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS STEEL CORPORATION
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS STEEL LLC
CLIFFS MINING COMPANY
CLIFFS STEEL INC.
IRONUNITS LLC
METALLICS SALES COMPANY
NORTHSHORE MINING COMPANY
THE CLEVELAND-CLIFFS IRON COMPANY
TILDEN MINING COMPANY L.C.   By: The Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company, as its manager
By:	/s/ James D. Graham
	Name: James D. Graham
	Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer & Secretary

[Signature Page to Indenture]

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS BURNS HARBOR LLC
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS CLEVELAND WORKS LLC
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS COLUMBUS LLC
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS FPT SERVICES COMPANY
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS KOTE L.P.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS MINORCA MINE INC.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS MONESSEN COKE LLC
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS PLATE LLC
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS RAILWAYS INC.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS RIVERDALE LLC
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS SERVICES HOLDING COMPANY
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS SOUTH CHICAGO & INDIANA HARBOR RAILWAY INC.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS STEELTON LLC
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS STEELWORKS RAILWAY INC.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS TEK KOTE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS TEK L.P.
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS WEIRTON LLC
FPT - SCHLAFER DIVISION L.L.C.
FPT CLEVELAND, LLC
FPT FLORIDA, LLC
KOIL METALS L.L.C.
LAKE SUPERIOR & ISHPEMING RAILROAD COMPANY
MID-VOL COAL SALES, INC.
MOUNTAIN STATE CARBON, LLC
SILVER BAY POWER COMPANY
UNITED TACONITE LLC
By:	/s/ James D. Graham
	Name: James D. Graham
	Title: Vice President, Human Resources

FERROUS PROCESSING AND TRADING COMPANY
LONYO LAND L.L.C.
SLC ACQUISITION L.L.C.
By:	/s/ Adam D. Munson
	Name: Adam D. Munson
	Title: Secretary

[Signature Page to Indenture]

U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:	/s/ William E. Sicking
	Name: William E. Sicking
	Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Indenture]

EXHIBIT A

[FACE OF NOTE]

No. [      ]	Principal Amount $[            ]
	CUSIP NO. [144A: 185899 AP6]/ [Reg S: U1852L AN7]

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

7.000% Senior Guaranteed Note due 2032

Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., an Ohio corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [               ] Dollars ($[                 ]), [, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto,]1 on March 15, 2032.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

1 Include only if the Note is issued in global form.

(2)

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

By:

Name: Celso L. Goncalves Jr.

Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Dated:

(3)

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes issued under the within-mentioned Indenture.

U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
	Name: William E. Sicking Title: Vice President

(4)

[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

7.000% Senior Guaranteed Note due 2032

1.    Interest

Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., an Ohio corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

The Company will pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year commencing September 15, 2024.[Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from March 18, 2024.] [Interest on this Note will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from _________, _____.]2 The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, and on overdue premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

2.    Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest when due. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or any successor depository. The Company will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or the Paying Agent at the Corporate Trust Office to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

3.    Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (the “Trustee”) will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its domestically organized, Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co- registrar.

4.    Indenture

The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2024 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Act”), although the Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Act. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined

2 Insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the applicable Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance.

(5)

herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $825,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032 issued under the Indenture on March 18, 2024 (herein called “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when issued, additional 7.00% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032 of the Company that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to March 18, 2024 (herein called “Additional Notes”) as provided in Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The Initial Notes and Additional Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain restrictions on the incurrence of certain liens, sale-leaseback transactions, and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Notes by certain subsidiaries.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture, and the Notes (including expenses and indemnification) when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors have as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed (and future guarantors, together with the Guarantors, will unconditionally guarantee), jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, all such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

5.    Redemption and Prepayment

Except as described below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option.

Prior to March 15, 2027 the Company may, at any time and from time to time, redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 107.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that:

(1)    at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2)    the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

Prior to March 15, 2027, the Company may, at any time and from time to time, also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed (or to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC procedures or regulations with respect to Global Notes sent electronically) by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100.000% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed and (ii) the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

On or after March 15, 2027, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period, beginning on each date set forth below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

(6)

Period	Redemption price
March 15, 2027	103.500%
March 15, 2028	101.750%
March 15, 2029 and thereafter	100.000%

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

“Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (i) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after March 15, 2027, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (ii) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date, plus 0.50%.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date the excess of (if any) (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on March 15, 2027, plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through March 15, 2027, excluding in each case accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, computed by the Company using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes from the Redemption Date to March 15, 2027, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a maturity most nearly equal to March 15, 2027.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, if clause (ii) of the definition of “Adjusted Treasury Rate” is applicable, the average of three, or such lesser number as is obtained by the Company, Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date.

“Quotation Agent” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and its successors and assigns, or, if that firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an investment bank of national standing appointed by the Company.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and its successors and assigns, and any other nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Company and identified to the Trustee by written notice from the Company that is a primary U.S. Government securities dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means with respect to any Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding such Redemption Date.

“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then remaining average life to March 15, 2027, provided, however, that if the average life to March 15, 2027, of the Notes is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly

(7)

average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the average life to March 15, 2027, of the Notes is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Prior to the mailing or delivery of any notice of redemption of the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the conditions precedent to the right of redemption have occurred. Any such notice to the Trustee may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

The Company may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

Except as set forth in the next succeeding paragraph, the Company is not required to make any mandatory repurchase, redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

6.    Change of Control Triggering Event

In accordance with Section 3.06 of the Indenture, the Company shall be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event. Any Holder of Notes shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Company to purchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101.0% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of purchase) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

7.    Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

8.    Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture).

9.    Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note remains unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable, the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another Person and not to the Trustee for payment.

10.    Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

(8)

11.    Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented by the Company, Guarantors and Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and (ii) any default (other than with respect to nonpayment of interest or premium on, or the principal of the Notes or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Subject to the requirements of and certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Trustee and the Guarantors (with respect to its Guarantee) may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes, and the Guarantees: (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes and Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable; (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder or under the Notes and the Guarantees of any such Holder; (5) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum; (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the date hereof; (7) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes; (8) to add any additional obligors under the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees; (9) to add collateral to secure the Notes; (10) to comply with the provisions under Section 4.01 of the Indenture; and (11) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment by a successor Trustee.

12.    Defaults and Remedies

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(a)    a default in the payment of any interest on the Notes, when such payment becomes due and payable, and continuance of that default for a period of 30 days (unless the entire amount of the payment is deposited by the Company with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent prior to the expiration of such period of 30 days);

(b)    a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on any Notes when such payment becomes due and payable;

(c)    a default in the performance or breach of any other covenant or warranty by the Company in the Indenture, which default continues uncured for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes, as provided in the Indenture;

(d)    any Guarantee of a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantees) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture;

(e)    there occurs a default under any Debt of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of the Guarantors), whether such Debt or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date if that default:

(i)    is caused by a failure to pay any such Debt at its final Stated Maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace period) (a “Payment Default”); or

(ii)    results in the acceleration of such Debt prior to its final Stated Maturity,

(iii)    and, in either case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Debt, together with the aggregate principal amount of any other such Debt under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $150.0 million or more;

(9)

(f)    failure by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to pay final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $150.0 million (net of any amount covered by insurance issued by a national insurance company that has not contested coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(g)    the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code:

(i)    commences a voluntary case,

(ii)    consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(iii)    consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(iv)    makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(v)    generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

(h)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under the Bankruptcy Code that:

(i)    is for relief against the Company or any Guarantor in an involuntary case;

(ii)    appoints a custodian of the Company or any Guarantor or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of Guarantor; or

(iii)    orders the liquidation of the Company or any Guarantor; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (g) or (h) of this Section 12) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all such Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable immediately.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of this Section 12, with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees at the request or direction of any Holders of Notes unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

13.    Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(10)

14.    No Recourse Against Others

An incorporator, director, officer, employee or shareholder of each of the Company or any Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes and the Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are a part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

15.    Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

16.    Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

17.    CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers

The Company has caused CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

18.    Governing Law

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.

200 Public Square, Suite 3300

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Email: legalnotices@clevelandcliffs.com

Attention: James D. Graham, Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer & Secretary

19.    USA Patriot Act

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.

The parties to the Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

(11)

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint __________________agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:		Your Signature:
Signature Guarantee:
	(Signature must be guaranteed)
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

The undersigned hereby certifies that it o is / o is not an Affiliate of the Company and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee o is / o is not an Affiliate of the Company.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

(1)    o acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or

(2)    o transferred to the Company; or

(3)    o transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

(12)

(4)    o transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act (provided that the transferee has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements, the form of which letter appears as Section 2.09 of the Indenture); or

(5)    o transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

Signature Guarantee:	Signature
(Signature must be guaranteed)	Signature

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

____________________________

Dated:

(13)

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

Date of Exchange Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase Signature of authorized signatory of Trustee or Notes Custodian

(14)

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.06 of the Indenture, check the box below:

o 3.06

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.06 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $_____________ and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased): ________________.

Date:
Your Signature
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:
		(Signature must be guaranteed)
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

(15)

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT TO ADD GUARANTORS

This Supplemental Indenture, dated as of [●] (this “Supplemental Indenture” or “Guarantee”), among [name of future Guarantor] (the “AdditionalGuarantor”), Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2024 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $825,000,000 of 7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, Section 3.08 of the Indenture provides that, after the Issue Date, the Company is required to cause certain direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Company to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on an unsecured basis; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Additional Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

Section 1.01 Defined Terms.

As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

ARTICLE 2

Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee

Section 2.01 Agreement to be Bound. The Additional Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. The Additional Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

Section 2.02 Guarantee. The Additional Guarantor agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Article 10 of the Indenture on an unsecured basis.

ARTICLE 3

Miscellaneous

Section 3.01 Notices. All notices and other communications to the Additional Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Additional Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Company as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Company.

Section 3.02 Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Company, the Additional Guarantor, Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

Section 3.03 Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Section 3.04 Severability Clause. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

Section 3.05 Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation or warranty as to the validity, execution, or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto.

Section 3.06 Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 3.07 Headings. The headings of the Articles and the sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

Section 3.08 Execution, Delivery and Validity. The Company and Additional Guarantor each represent and warrant to the Trustee that this Supplemental Indenture has been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, administration, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR], as a Guarantor

By:

Name:

Title:

[Address]

U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:

Name:

Title:

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH

TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

[Date]

Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.

c/o     U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association

425 Walnut Street, 6th Floor

Cincinnati, OH 45202

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Fax: (513) 632-5511

Re:    7.000% Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2032 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[__________] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(a)    the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(b)    either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

(c)    no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

(d)    the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

We also hereby certify that we [are] [are not] an Affiliate of the Company and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Notes [is] [is not] an Affiliate of the Company.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:
	Authorized Signature

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

2021 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD MEMORANDUM

Employee:	PARTICIPANT NAME
Date of Grant:	XXXXX
Grant Price:	$XXXX
Number of Restricted Stock Units (Common Shares) Subject to Award:	SHARES GRANTED
Vesting Date:	XXXXX

Additional terms and conditions of your award are included in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. As a condition to your receipt of this award, you must log on to Fidelity’s website at www.NetBenefits.com and accept the terms and conditions of this award within 90 calendar days of your Date of Grant. If you do not accept the terms and conditions of this award within such time at www.NetBenefits.com, this award may be forfeited and immediately terminate.

Under the terms of the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, your Death Beneficiary is the person you have designated in accordance with the Company’s procedures, and if you have not designated anyone, your estate. Please designate your Death Beneficiary by logging into your account at www.Fidelity.com and following the instructions.

Note: Section 2.1 of the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement contains provisions that restrict your activities. These provisions apply to you and, by accepting this award, you agree to be bound by these restrictions.

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

2021 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is between Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), and you, the person named in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Memorandum (the “Award Memorandum”) who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (the “Participant”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Employer” means the entity (the Company or Subsidiary) that employs the Participant on the applicable date. This Agreement is effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Award Memorandum.

The Company wishes to award to the Participant Restricted Stock Units representing the opportunity to earn a number of Common Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, in order to carry out the purpose of the Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. 2021 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). All capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. See Section 2 of the Plan for a list of certain defined terms.

In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement, the Award Memorandum and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Award Memorandum, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

ARTICLE 1.

Grant and Terms of Restricted Stock Units

1.1Grant of Restricted Stock Units. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company has granted to the Participant the number of Restricted Stock Units as specified in the Award Memorandum, with dividend equivalents (“Restricted Stock Units”), effective as of the Date of Grant.

1.2Vesting As Condition of Payment. The Restricted Stock Units evidenced by this Agreement and these terms and conditions shall only result in the issuance of Common Shares equal in number to the Restricted Stock Units to the extent the Participant is “Vested” in the Restricted Stock Units on the date the Restricted Stock Units are to be paid as specified in Section 1.4. The Restricted Stock Units will become Vested as follows:

(a)Employment Through Vesting Period. The Participant will become 100% Vested in all the Restricted Stock Units subject to this award if the Participant remains in the continuous employ of the Company or a Subsidiary throughout the period beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the Vesting Date, as set forth in the Award Memorandum (“Vesting Period”).

(b)Death, Disability, Retirement or a Termination Without Cause. If the Participant experiences a termination of employment with the Company because of the Participant’s death, Disability (as defined herein) or Retirement (as defined herein) or a termination of employment by the Company without Cause (as defined herein) during the Vesting Period, the Participant shall become Vested in a prorated number of Restricted Stock Units equal to the product of the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to this award, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months the Participant was employed with the Company or a Subsidiary between the Date of Grant and the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, and the denominator of which is 36, rounded up to the nearest whole Restricted Stock Unit.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months and that results in the Participant: (i) being unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity; or (ii) receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months

2

under an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean the Participant’s retirement from active employment with the Company or Subsidiary upon or after the attainment of at least age 55 and at least a 5-year period of service with the Company and/or Subsidiary.

(c)Change in Control. In the event a Change in Control occurs during the Vesting Period, the Participant will become Vested in the Restricted Stock Units only to the extent provided in Section 1.3.

In the event the Participant otherwise terminates employment prior to becoming Vested in the Restricted Stock Units or the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit all rights to any Restricted Stock Units evidenced by this Agreement.

1.3Change in Control Vesting.

(a)If the Participant remains in the continuous employ of the Company or a Subsidiary throughout the period beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the date of a Change in Control, the Participant will become 100% Vested upon the Change in Control in all the Restricted Stock Units evidenced by this Agreement, except to the extent that an awardmeeting the requirements of Section 1.3(d) (a “Replacement Award”) is provided to theParticipant in accordance with Section 1.3(d) to replace, adjust or continue the award of Restricted Stock Units covered by this Agreement (the “Replaced Award”). If a Replacement Award is provided, references to Restricted Stock Units in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Award after the Change in Control.

(b)If, upon or after receiving a Replacement Award, the Participant experiences a termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (or any of their successors) (as applicable, the “Successor”) by reason of the Participant terminating employment for Good Reason or the Successor terminating the Participant’s employment other than for Cause, in each case within a period of two years after the Change in Control and during the Vesting Period, the Participant shall become 100% Vested in the Replacement Award upon such termination.

(c)If a Replacement Award is provided, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any outstanding Restricted Stock Units that at the time of the Change in Control are not subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) will be deemed to be Vested at the time of such Change in Control and will be paid as provided for in Section 1.4(c).

(d)For purposes of this Agreement, a “Replacement Award” means an award: (i) of the same type (e.g., time-based restricted stock units) as the Replaced Award; (ii) that has a value at least equal to the value of the Replaced Award; (iii) that relates to publicly traded equity securities of the Company or its successor in the Change in Control or another entity that is affiliated with the Company or its successor following the Change in Control; (iv) if the Participant holding the Replaced Award is subject to U.S. federal income tax under the Code, the tax consequences of which to such Participant under the Code are not less favorable to such Participant than the tax consequences of the Replaced Award; and (v) the other terms and conditions of which are not less favorable to the Participant holding the Replaced Award than the terms and conditions of the Replaced Award (including the provisions that would apply in the event of a subsequent Change in Control). A Replacement Award may be granted only to the extent it does not result in the Replaced Award or Replacement Award failing to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Replacement Award may take the form of a continuation of the Replaced Award if the requirements of the two preceding sentences are satisfied. The determination of whether the conditions of this Section 1.3(d) are satisfied will be made by the Committee, as constituted immediately before the Change in Control, in its sole discretion.

3

(e)For purposes of this Agreement, a termination for “Cause” shall mean that, prior to termination of employment, the Participant shall have committed: (i) and been convicted of a criminal violation involving fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his or her duties or in the course of his or her employment with the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable); (ii) intentional wrongful damage to property of the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable); (iii) intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable); or (iv) intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity; and any such act shall have been demonstrably and materially harmful to the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable). For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the part of the Participant shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done or omitted to be done by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Participant’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company or an Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable).

(f)A termination “for Good Reason” shall mean the Participant’s termination of employment with the Successor as a result of the initial occurrence, without the Participant’s consent, of one or more of the following events:

(i)a material diminution in the Participant’s annual base salary rate as in effect from time to time (“Base Pay”);

(ii)a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

(iii)a material change in the geographic location at which the Participant must perform services;

(iv)a reduction in the Participant’s opportunity regarding annual bonus, incentive or other payment of compensation, in addition to Base Pay, made or to be made in regard to services rendered in any year or other period pursuant to any bonus, incentive, profit-sharing, performance, discretionary pay or similar agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement (whether or not funded) of the Successor; and

(v)any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Participant’s employer of the employment agreement, if any, under which the Participant provides services.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Good Reason” shall not be deemed to exist unless: (A) the Participant has provided notice to his or her employer of the existence of one or more of the conditions listed in (i) through (v) above within 90 days after the initial occurrence of such condition or conditions; and (B) such condition or conditions have not been cured by the Participant’s employer within 30 days after receipt of such notice.

1.4Payment of Restricted Stock Units.

(a)Payment After the Vesting Period. Subject to Sections 1.4(b) and (c), the Restricted Stock Units that are Vested as of the Vesting Date shall be paid after the end of the Vesting Period, but in any event no later than 2-½ months after the end of the Vesting Period to the extent they have not been previously paid to the Participant.

(b)Payment After Death, Disability, Retirement or a Termination Without Cause. Notwithstanding Section 1.4(a), if the Participant experiences a termination of employment with the Company because of the Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement or termination of employment by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason during the Vesting Period, the Vested

4

Restricted Stock Units will be paid within 30 days following the date of such termination. Any payment of Restricted Stock Units to a deceased Participant shall be paid to the Death Beneficiary. “Death Beneficiary” shall mean the person the Participant designates in accordance with the Company's procedures, and if the Participant does not identify a person, the “Death Beneficiary” shall be the estate of the Participant.

(c)Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 1.4(a) and Section 1.4(b), to the extent any Restricted Stock Units are Vested as of a Change in Control, such Vested Restricted Stock Units will be paid within 10 days of the Change in Control; provided, however, that if such Change in Control would not qualify as a permissible date of distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(A) of the Code, and the regulations thereunder, and where Section 409A of the Code applies to such distribution, payment will be made on the date that would have otherwise applied pursuant to this Section 1.4.

(d)Payment Following a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 1.2 and Section 1.4(a), if, during the two-year period following a Change in Control, the Participant experiences a qualifying termination of employment (as described in Section 1.3(b)), the Restricted Stock Units that are Vested as of the date of such termination of employment shall be paid within 30 days of such termination of employment to the extent they have not been previously paid to the Participant; provided, however, that if such Change in Control would not qualify as a permissible date of distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(A) of the Code, and the regulations thereunder, and where Section 409A of the Code applies to such distribution, payment will be made on the date that would have otherwise applied pursuant to this Section 1.4.

(e)General. The Restricted Stock Units are to be settled in Common Shares. The Committee shall withhold Common Shares to the extent necessary to satisfy income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related item withholding requirements, as described in Section 4.3. In addition, the Committee may restrict 50% of the Common Shares to be issued in satisfaction of the total Restricted Stock Units, before income tax withholding,so that they cannot be sold by the Participant unless immediately after such sale the Participant is in compliance with the Company’s share ownership guidelines that are applicable to the Participant at the time of sale.

(f)Payment Obligation. Prior to payment, the Company shall only have an unfunded and unsecured obligation to make payment of Restricted Stock Units to the Participant. The Restricted Stock Units evidenced by this Agreement that have not yet been earned, and any interests of the Participant with respect thereto, are not transferable other than pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, or in accordance with Section 1.4(b).

(g)No Shareholder Rights. The Participant shall have no rights of ownership in the Common Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units and no right to vote the Common Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units until the date on which the Common Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units are issued or transferred to the Participant pursuant to this Section 1.4.

ARTICLE 2.

Other Terms and Conditions

2.1    Non-Compete and Confidentiality.

(a)The Participant shall not render services for any organization or engage directly or indirectly in any business that is a competitor of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or which organization or business is or plans to become prejudicial to or in conflict with the business interests of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or distribute any secret or confidential information belonging to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

5

(b)Failure to comply with Section 2.1(a) above will cause the Participant to forfeit the right to Restricted Stock Units and require the Participant to reimburse the Company for the taxable income received on Restricted Stock Units that have been paid out in Common Shares within the 90-day period preceding the Participant’s termination of employment.

ARTICLE 3.

Acknowledgments

3.1    Acknowledgments. In accepting the award, the Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees to the following:

(a)The Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b)The grant of the Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been granted in the past;

(c)All decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d)The Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary;

(e)The Restricted Stock Unit Award and the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or services contract with the Company or any Subsidiary and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, or any Subsidiary, as applicable, to terminate the Participant’s employment or service relationship (if any);

(f)The future value of the underlying Common Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(g)No claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of any Restricted Stock Units resulting from the Participant ceasing to provide employment or other services to the Company or a Subsidiary (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed or the terms of the Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units to which the Participant is otherwise not entitled, the Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and the Participant waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company and its Subsidiaries from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, anysuch claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(h)Neither the Plan nor the Restricted Stock Units shall be construed to create an employment relationship where any employment relationship did not otherwise already exist;

6

(i)The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Participant’s participation in the Plan, or the Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Common Shares. The Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Restricted Stock Units;

(j)The Restricted Stock Units and the Common Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments; and

(k)The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on participation in the Restricted Stock Units and on any Common Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or other applicable rules or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

ARTICLE 4.

General Provisions

4.1    Compliance with Law. The Company shall make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws; provided, however, notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement and these terms and conditions, the Company shall not be obligated to issue any Common Shares pursuant to the Agreement and these terms and conditions if the issuance or payment thereof would result in a violation of any such law; provided further, however, that the Common Shares will be issued at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the issuance of the Common Shares will not cause such violation. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement prevents the Participant from providing, without prior notice to the Company, information to governmental authorities regarding possible legal violations or otherwise testifying or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental authorities regarding possible legal violations, and for purpose of clarity the Participant is not prohibited from providing information voluntarily to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 21F of the Exchange Act.

4.2    Dividend Equivalents. During the period beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the date that the Restricted Stock Units are paid in accordance with Section 1.4, the Participant will be entitled to dividend equivalents on Restricted Stock Units equal to the cash dividend or distribution that would have been paid on the Restricted Stock Units had the Restricted Stock Units been issued and outstanding Common Shares on the record date for the dividend or distribution. Such accrued dividend equivalents (a) will vest and become payable upon the same terms and at the same time of settlement as the Restricted Stock Units to which they relate, and (b) will be denominated and payable solely in cash.

4.3    Withholding Taxes. To the extent that the Company is required to withhold federal, state, local or foreign taxes or other amounts in connection with any payment made or benefit realized by the Participant under this Agreement, the Company shall withhold Common Shares having a value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Common Shares used for tax or other withholding will be valued at an amount equal to the fair market value of such Common Shares on the date the benefit is to be included in the Participant’s income. In no event will the fair market value of the Common Shares to be withheld and delivered pursuant to this Section exceed the maximum amount of taxes that could be required to be withheld.

7

4.4    Continuous Employment. For purposes of this Agreement, the continuous employment of the Participant with the Company shall not be deemed to have been interrupted, and the Participant shall not be deemed to have separated from service with the Company, by reason of the transfer of his employment among the Company or Subsidiaries or an approved leave of absence, unless otherwise indicated in the Plan or if required to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

4.5    Relation to Other Benefits. Any economic or other benefit to the Participant under the Agreement and these terms and conditions or the Plan shall not be taken into account in determining any benefits to which the Participant may be entitled under any profit-sharing, retirement or other benefit or compensation plan maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary and shall not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage available to any beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company or Subsidiary.

4.6    Adjustments. Restricted Stock Units evidenced by this Agreement are subject to mandatory adjustment as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

4.7    These Terms and Conditions Subject to Plan. The Restricted Stock Units covered under the Agreement and all of the terms and conditions hereof are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, a copy of which is available upon request.

4.8    Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Restricted Stock Units are non-transferable and any attempts to assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise alienate or encumber (whether by law or otherwise) any Restricted Stock Units shall be null and void.

4.9    Data Privacy. The Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Restricted Stock Unit award materials by and among, as applicable, the Company or Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

The Participant understands that the Company or Subsidiary may hold certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Common Shares of or directorships in the Company that are held, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to Common Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

The Participant understands that Data will be transferred to the Company’s broker, or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Participant understands that the recipients’ use of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country. The Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Participant authorizes the Company, the Company’s broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participants’ participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view their respective Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of their Data, require any necessary amendments to their Data or refuse or

8

withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, the Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Participant does not consent, or if the Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing the Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

4.10Amendments. This Agreement can be amended at any time by the Committee. Any amendment to the Plan shall be deemed to be an amendment to this Agreement to the extent that the amendment is applicable hereto. Except for amendments necessary to bring this Agreement into compliance with current law including Section 409A of the Code, no amendment to this Agreement shall materially and adversely affect the rights of the Participant without the Participant’s written consent.

4.11Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

4.12Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Stock Units by electronic means. By accepting this award of Restricted Stock Units, the Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

4.13Headings. Headings are given to the articles or sections of this Agreement solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

4.14Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio.

4.15Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement and the Plan comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement and the Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement or the Plan to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and may be made by the Company without the consent of the Participant). The terms “termination of employment,” “terminates employment,” and similar words and phrases used in this Agreement mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h). If, at the time of the Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (a) the Participant will be a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (b) the Company makes a good faith determination that an amount payable hereunder constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but will instead pay it, without interest, on the fifth business day of the seventh month after such separation from service.

[Acceptance Page Contained in Exhibit A]

9

Exhibit A

ELECTRONIC ACCEPTANCE

Acceptance by the Participant

By selecting the “Accept” box on the website of the Company’s administrative agent, the Participant acknowledges acceptance of, and consents to be bound by, the Plan and this Agreement and any other rules, agreements or other terms and conditions incorporated herein by reference.

IF I FAIL TO ACKNOWLEDGE ACCEPTANCE OF THE AWARD WITHIN NINETY (90) DAYS OF THE DATE OF GRANT SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY MAY DETERMINE THAT THIS AWARD HAS BEEN FORFEITED.

Participant Name

10

EX-10.2

EXHIBIT 10.2

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

2021 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD MEMORANDUM (TSR)

Employee:	PARTICIPANT NAME
Date of Grant:	XXXXX
Number of Shares Subject to Award:	SHARES GRANTED
Performance Metric:	Relative Total Shareholder Return
Incentive Period:	XXXXX – XXXXX

Additional terms and conditions of your award are included in the Performance Share Award Agreement. As a condition to your receipt of Shares, you must log on to Fidelity’s website at www.NetBenefits.com and accept the terms and conditions of this award within 90 calendar days of your Date of Grant. If you do not accept the terms and conditions of this award within such time at www.NetBenefits.com, this award may be forfeited and immediately terminate.

Under the terms of the Performance Share Award Agreement, your Death Beneficiary is the person you have designated in accordance with the Company’s procedures, and if you have not designated anyone, your estate. Please designate your Death Beneficiary by logging into your account at www.Fidelity.com and following the instructions.

Note: Section 3.1 of the Performance Share Award Agreement contains provisions that restrict your activities. These provisions apply to you and, by accepting this award, you agree to be bound by these restrictions.

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

2021 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Performance Share Award Agreement

This Performance Share Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is between Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), and you, the person named in the Performance Share Award Memorandum (the “Award Memorandum”) who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (the “Participant”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Employer” means the entity (the Company or Subsidiary) that employs the Participant on the applicable date. This Agreement is effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Award Memorandum.

The Company wishes to award to the Participant Performance Shares representing the opportunity to earn a number of Common Shares (the “Shares”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, in order to carry out the purpose of the Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. 2021 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). All capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. See Section 2 of the Plan for a list of certain defined terms.

In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement, the Award Memorandum and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Award Memorandum, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

ARTICLE 1.

Definitions

All terms used herein with initial capital letters shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan and the following additional terms, when used herein with initial capital letters, shall have the following meanings:

1.1“Incentive Period” shall be the time period as set forth in the Award Memorandum.

1.2“Market Value Price” shall mean the latest available closing price of a Share of the Company or the latest available closing price per share of a common share of each of the entities in the Peer Group, as the case may be, on the New York Stock Exchange or other recognized market if the shares do not trade on the New York Stock Exchange at the relevant time.

1.3“Peer Group” shall mean the group of companies, as more particularly set forth on attached Exhibit A, against which the Relative Total Shareholder Return of the Company is measured over the Incentive Period.

1.4“Performance Objective(s)” shall mean, for the Incentive Period, the predetermined objectives of the Company with respect to the Relative Total Shareholder Return goal established by the Committee and reported to the Board for this award, as more particularly set forth on attached Exhibit B.

1.5“Performance Shares Earned” shall mean the number of Shares of the Company (or cash equivalent) earned by a Participant, as determined under Section 2.3.

1.6“Relative Total Shareholder Return” shall mean for the Incentive Period the Total Shareholder Return of the Company compared to the Total Shareholder Return of the Peer Group, as more particularly set forth on attached Exhibit C.

2

1.7“Share Ownership Guidelines” shall mean the Company’s share ownership guidelines, as amended from time to time, which encourage such Directors and Officers to hold a meaningful stake in the Company.

1.8“Total Shareholder Return”or “TSR” shall mean, for the Incentive Period, the cumulative return to shareholders of the relevant entity during the Incentive Period, measured by the change in Market Value Price per share of a common share of the entity, plus dividends (or other distributions, excluding franking credits) reinvested over the Incentive Period, determined on the last business day of the Incentive Period compared to a base measured by the average Market Value Price per share of a common share of the entity on the last business day of the year immediately preceding the Incentive Period. Dividends (or other distributions, excluding franking credits) per share are assumed to be reinvested in the applicable stock on the last business day of the quarter during which they are paid at the then Market Value Price per share, resulting in a fractionally higher number of shares owned at the market price.

ARTICLE 2.

Grant and Terms of Performance Shares

2.1Grant of Performance Shares. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company has granted to the Participant an award covering the number of Performance Shares as specified in the Award Memorandum, with dividend equivalents (“Performance Shares”), effective as of the Date of Grant.

2.2Issuance of Performance Shares. The Performance Shares covered by this Agreement and these terms and conditions shall only result in the issuance of Shares (or cash or a combination of Shares and cash, as decided by the Committee in its sole discretion), to the extent such Performance Shares have become Performance Shares Earned, as provided in Section 2.3, on the date the Performance Shares Earned are to be paid as specified in Section 2.5.

2.3Performance Shares Earned.

(a)Achievement of Company Performance Objective(s). Subject to Sections 2.3(b), and 2.3(c), the number of Performance Shares Earned, if any, shall be based upon the degree of achievement of the Company Performance Objective(s), all as more particularly set forth in Exhibit B, with actual Performance Shares Earned interpolated between the performance levels shown on Exhibit B, as determined and certified by the Committee as of the end of the Incentive Period. The percentage level of achievement determined for the Company Performance Objective(s) shall be multiplied by the number of Performance Shares to determine the actual number of Performance Shares Earned, rounded up to the nearest whole Performance Share. The calculation as to whether the Company has met or exceeded the Company Performance Objective(s) shall be determined and certified by the Committee in accordance with the award and these terms and conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan, except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c), no Performance Shares will become Performance Shares Earned unless the Participant remains in the continuous employment of the Company or a Subsidiary during the entire Incentive Period.

(b)Death, Disability, Retirement or a Termination Without Cause. If the Participant experiences a termination of employment with the Company because of the Participant’s death, Disability (as defined herein) or Retirement (as defined herein) or a termination of employment by the Company without Cause (as defined herein) during the Incentive Period, the number of the Participant’s Performance Shares that become Performance Shares Earned will be a prorated amount equal to the product of the amount determined after the end of the Incentive Period under Section 2.3(a) (without regard to the requirement that employment continue until the end of the Incentive Period), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months the Participant was employed with the Company or a Subsidiary between the start of the Incentive Period and the date of the Participant’s termination of employment and the denominator of which is 36, rounded up to the nearest whole Performance Share.

3

For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months and that results in the Participant: (i) being unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity; or (ii) receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean the Participant’s retirement from active employment with the Company or Subsidiary upon or after the attainment of age 55 and at least a 5-year period of service with the Company and/or Subsidiary.

(c)Change in Control. In the event a Change in Control occurs during the Incentive Period, the Participant’s Performance Shares will become Performance Shares Earned only to the extent provided in Section 2.4.

In the event the Participant otherwise terminates employment prior to becoming entitled to Performance Shares Earned or the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit all rights to any Performance Shares that were granted under this Agreement.

2.4Change in Control Vesting.

(a)If the Participant remains in the continuous employ of the Company or Subsidiary throughout the period beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the date of a Change in Control, upon the Change in Control, 100% of the Performance Shares shall become Performance Shares Earned, except to the extent that an award meeting the requirements of Section 2.4(d)(i) (a “Replacement Award”) is provided to the Participant in accordance with Section 2.4(d)(i) to replace, adjust, or continue the award of Performance Shares covered by this Agreement (the “Replaced Award”). If a Replacement Award is provided, references to Performance Shares in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Award after the Change in Control.

(b)If, upon or after receiving a Replacement Award, the Participant experiences a termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (or any of their successors) (as applicable, the “Successor”) by reason of the Participant terminating employment for Good Reason or the Successor terminating the Participant’s employment other than for Cause, in each case within a period of two years after the Change in Control and during the Incentive Period, 100% of the Replacement Award will become earned and nonforfeitable upon such termination.

(c)If a Replacement Award is provided, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any outstanding Performance Shares that at the time of the Change in Control are not subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) will be deemed to be Performance Shares Earned at the time of such Change in Control and will be paid as provided for in Section 2.5(b).

(d)For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

(i)A “Replacement Award” means an award (A) of the same type (e.g., performance shares) as the Replaced Award, (B) that has a value at least equal to the value of the Replaced Award, (C) that relates to publicly traded equity securities of the Company or its successor in the Change in Control or another entity that is affiliated with the Company or its successor following the Change in Control, (D) if the Participant holding the Replaced Award is subject to U.S. federal income tax under the Code, the tax consequences of which to such Participant under the Code are not less favorable to such Participant than the tax consequences of the Replaced Award, and (E) the other terms and conditions of which are not less favorable to the Participant holding the Replaced Award than the terms and conditions of the Replaced Award (including the provisions that would apply in the event of a subsequent Change in Control). A Replacement Award may be granted only to the extent it does not result in the Replaced Award or Replacement Award failing to comply with or be exempt from

4

Section 409A of the Code. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Replacement Award may take the form of a continuation of the Replaced Award if the requirements of the two preceding sentences are satisfied. The determination of whether the conditions of this Section 2.4(d) are satisfied will be made by the Committee, as constituted immediately before the Change in Control, in its sole discretion.

(ii)A termination for “Cause” shall mean that, prior to termination of employment, the Participant shall have committed: (A) and been convicted of a criminal violation involving fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his or her duties or in the course of his or her employment with the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable); (B) intentional wrongful damage to property of the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable); (C) intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable); or (D) intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity; and any such act shall have been demonstrably and materially harmful to the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable). For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the part of the Participant shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done or omitted to be done by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Participant’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company or an Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable).

(iii)A termination “for Good Reason” shall mean the Participant’s termination of employment with the Successor as a result of the initial occurrence, without the Participant’s consent, of one or more of the following events:

(A)    a material diminution in the Participant’s annual base salary rate as in effect from time to time (“Base Pay”);

(B)    a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

(C)    a material change in the geographic location at which the Participant must perform services;

(D)    a reduction in the Participant’s opportunity regarding annual bonus, incentive or other payment of compensation, in addition to Base Pay, made or to be made in regard to services rendered in any year or other period pursuant to any bonus, incentive, profit-sharing, performance, discretionary pay or similar agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement (whether or not funded) of the Successor; and

(E)    any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Participant’s employer of the employment agreement, if any, under which the Participant provides services.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Good Reason” shall not be deemed to exist unless: (I) the Participant has provided notice to his or her employer of the existence of one or more of the conditions listed in (A) through (E) above within 90 days after the initial occurrence of such condition or conditions; and (II) such condition or conditions have not been cured by the Participant’s employer within 30 days after receipt of such notice.

2.5Payment of Performance Shares Earned.

(a)Payment After the Incentive Period. Subject to Sections 2.5(b) and (c), the Performance Shares Earned shall be paid after the end of the Incentive Period and after the determination and certification by the Committee of the level of attainment of the Company Performance

5

Objective(s), but in any event no later than 2-½ months after the end of the Incentive Period, to the extent not previously paid to the Participant.

(b)Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 2.5(a), to the extent there are any Performance Shares Earned as of a Change in Control, such Performance Shares Earned will be paid within 10 days of the Change in Control; provided, however, that if such Change in Control would not qualify as a permissible date of distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(A) of the Code, and the regulations thereunder, and where Section 409A of the Code applies to such distribution, payment will be made on the date that would have otherwise applied pursuant to this Section 2.5.

(c)Payment Following a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Sections 2.2 and 2.5(a), if, during the two-year period following a Change in Control, the Participant experiences a qualifying termination of employment (as described in Section 2.4(b)), the Performance Shares Earned as of the date of such termination of employment shall be paid in cash (pursuant to Section 2.5(d)) within 10 days of the termination of employment to the extent they have not been previously paid to the Participant; provided, however, that if such Change in Control would not qualify as a permissible date of distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(A) of the Code, and the regulations thereunder, and where Section 409A of the Code applies to such distribution, payment will be made on the date that would have otherwise applied pursuant to Section 2.5(a).

(d)General. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may settle the Performance Shares Earned in cash or a combination of Shares and cash, in lieu of issuing only Shares. In the event that all or any portion of the Performance Shares Earned are paid in cash, the cash equivalent of one Performance Share Earned shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share on the last trading day of the Incentive Period or, if earlier, the trading day immediately prior to the payment date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Performance Shares granted hereunder may be paid in cash in lieu of Shares to any Participant who is subject to the Share Ownership Guidelines unless and until such Participant is either in compliance with, or no longer subject to, such Share Ownership Guidelines; provided, however, that the Committee shall withhold Shares to the extent necessary to satisfy income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related item withholding requirements, as described in Section 5.3. In addition, the Committee may restrict 50% of the Shares to be issued in satisfaction of the total Performance Shares Earned, before income tax withholding, so that they cannot be sold by the Participant unless immediately after such sale the Participant is in compliance with the Share Ownership Guidelines that are applicable to the Participant at the time of sale.

(e)Payments After Death. Any payment of Performance Shares Earned to a deceased Participant shall be paid to the Participant's Death Beneficiary. “Death Beneficiary” shall mean the person the Participant designates in accordance with the Company's procedures, and if the Participant does not identify a person, the “Death Beneficiary” shall be the estate of the Participant.

(f)Payment Obligation. Prior to payment, the Company shall only have an unfunded and unsecured obligation to make payment of Performance Shares Earned to the Participant. The Performance Shares covered by this Agreement that have not yet been earned as Performance Shares Earned, and any interests of the Participant with respect thereto, are not transferable other than pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, or in accordance with Section 2.5(e).

ARTICLE 3.

Other Terms and Conditions

3.1Non-Compete and Confidentiality.

(a)The Participant shall not render services for any organization or engage directly or indirectly in any business that is a competitor of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or which organization or business is or plans to become prejudicial to or in conflict with the business interests of

6

the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or distribute any secret or confidential information belonging to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

(b)Failure to comply with Section 3.1(a) above will cause the Participant to forfeit the right to Performance Shares and require the Participant to reimburse the Company for the taxable income received on Performance Shares that become payable to the Participant.

ARTICLE 4.

Acknowledgments

4.1Acknowledgments. In accepting the award, the Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees to the following:

(a)The Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b)The grant of the Performance Shares is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Performance Shares, or benefits in lieu of Performance Shares, even if Performance Shares have been granted in the past;

(c)All decisions with respect to future Performance Shares or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d)The Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary;

(e)The Performance Share award and the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or services contract with the Company or any Subsidiary and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, or any Subsidiary, as applicable, to terminate the Participant’s employment or service relationship (if any);

(f)The future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(g)No claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of any Performance Shares resulting from the Participant ceasing to provide employment or other services to the Company or a Subsidiary (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed or the terms of the Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Performance Shares to which the Participant is otherwise not entitled, the Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and the Participant waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company and its Subsidiaries from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

7

(h)Neither the Plan nor the Performance Shares shall be construed to create an employment relationship where any employment relationship did not otherwise already exist;

(i)The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Participant’s participation in the Plan, or the Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. The Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Performance Shares;

(j)The Performance Shares and the Shares subject to the Performance Shares, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(k)The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on participation in the Performance Shares and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or other applicable rules or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing; and

(l)Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Participant acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement and the award described herein (and any settlement thereof) are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s clawback policy or policies as may be in effect from time to time including specifically to implement Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or regulations promulgated thereunder (including applicable rules and regulations of any national securities exchange on which the Common Shares at any point may be traded) (the “Compensation Recovery Policy”), and that, to the extent the Compensation Recovery Policy, by its terms, is applicable to the Participant’s Performance Shares, applicable terms of this Agreement will be (if necessary) deemed superseded by and subject to the terms and conditions of the Compensation Recovery Policy from and after the effective date thereof. Further, by accepting the Performance Shares covered by this Agreement, the Participant (i) consents to be bound by the terms of the Compensation Recovery Policy, as applicable, (ii) agrees and acknowledges that the Participant is obligated to and will cooperate with, and will provide any and all assistance necessary to, the Company in any effort to recover or recoup any compensation or other amounts subject to clawback or recovery pursuant to the Compensation Recovery Policy and/or applicable laws, rules, regulations, stock exchange listing standards or other Company policy, and (iii) agrees that the Company may enforce its rights under the Compensation Recovery Policy through any and all reasonable means permitted under applicable law as it deems necessary or desirable under the Compensation Recovery Policy, in each case from and after the effective dates thereof. Such cooperation and assistance shall include, but is not limited to, executing, completing and submitting any documentation necessary to facilitate the recovery or recoupment by the Company from the Participant of any such amounts, including from the Participant’s accounts or from any other compensation, to the extent permissible under Section 409A of the Code.

8

ARTICLE 5.

General Provisions

5.1Compliance with Law. The Company shall make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws; provided, however, notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement and these terms and conditions, the Company shall not be obligated to issue any Shares pursuant to the Agreement and these terms and conditions if the issuance or payment thereof would result in a violation of any such law; provided further, however, that the Shares will be issued at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the issuance of the Shares will not cause such violation. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement prevents the Participant from providing, without prior notice to the Company, information to governmental authorities regarding possible legal violations or otherwise testifying or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental authorities regarding possible legal violations, and for purpose of clarity the Participant is not prohibited from providing information voluntarily to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 21F of the Exchange Act.

5.2Dividend Equivalents. During the period beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the date that Performance Shares are paid in accordance with Section 2.5, the Participant will be entitled to dividend equivalents on Performance Shares Earned equal to the cash dividend or distribution that would have been paid on the Performance Shares Earned had the Performance Shares Earned been issued and outstanding Shares on the record date for the dividend or distribution. Such accrued dividend equivalents (a) will vest and become payable upon the same terms and at the same time of settlement as the Performance Shares to which they relate, and (b) will be denominated and payable solely in cash.

5.3Withholding Taxes. To the extent that the Company is required to withhold federal, state, local or foreign taxes or other amounts in connection with any payment made or benefit realized by the Participant under this Agreement, the Company shall withhold Shares having a value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Common Shares used for tax or other withholding will be valued at an amount equal to the fair market value of such Common Shares on the date the benefit is to be included in the Participant’s income. In no event will the fair market value of the Common Shares to be withheld and delivered pursuant to this Section exceed the maximum amount of taxes that could be required to be withheld.

5.4Continuous Employment. For purposes of this Agreement, the continuous employment of the Participant with the Company shall not be deemed to have been interrupted, and the Participant shall not be deemed to have separated from service with the Company, by reason of the transfer of his employment among the Company or Subsidiaries or an approved leave of absence, unless otherwise indicated in the Plan or if required to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

5.5Relation to Other Benefits. Any economic or other benefit to the Participant under the Agreement and these terms and conditions or the Plan shall not be taken into account in determining any benefits to which the Participant may be entitled under any profit-sharing, retirement or other benefit or compensation plan maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary and shall not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage available to any beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company or Subsidiary.

5.6Adjustments. The Performance Shares evidenced by this Agreement are subject to mandatory adjustment as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

5.7These Terms and Conditions Subject to Plan. The Performance Shares covered under the Agreement and all of the terms and conditions hereof are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, a copy of which is available upon request.

9

5.8Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Performance Shares are non-transferable and any attempts to assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise alienate or encumber (whether by law or otherwise) any Performance Shares shall be null and void.

5.9Data Privacy. The Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Performance Share award materials by and among, as applicable, the Company or Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

The Participant understands that the Company or Subsidiary may hold certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares of or directorships in the Company that are held, details of all Performance Shares or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

The Participant understands that Data will be transferred to the Company’s broker, or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Participant understands that the recipients’ use of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country. The Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Participant authorizes the Company, the Company’s broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participants’ participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view their respective Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of their Data, require any necessary amendments to their Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, the Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Participant does not consent, or if the Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing the Participant's consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Performance Shares or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

5.10Amendments. This Agreement can be amended at any time by the Committee. Any amendment to the Plan shall be deemed to be an amendment to this Agreement to the extent that the amendment is applicable hereto. Except for amendments necessary to bring this Agreement into compliance with current law including Section 409A of the Code, no amendment to this Agreement shall materially and adversely affect the rights of the Participant without the Participant’s written consent.

5.11Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

10

5.12Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Performance Shares by electronic means. By accepting this Award of Performance Shares, the Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

5.13Headings. Headings are given to the articles or sections of this Agreement solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

5.14Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio.

5.15Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement and the Plan comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement and the Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement or the Plan to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and may be made by the Company without the consent of the Participant). The terms “termination of employment,” “terminates employment,” and similar words and phrases used in this Agreement mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h). If, at the time of the Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (a) the Participant will be a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (b) the Company makes a good faith determination that an amount payable hereunder constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but will instead pay it, without interest, on the fifth business day of the seventh month after such separation from service.

[Acceptance Page Contained in Exhibit D]

11

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A        Peer Group

Exhibit B        Performance Objectives

Exhibit C        Relative Total Shareholder Return

Exhibit D        Electronic Acceptance

12

Exhibit A

PEER GROUP
(20XX – 20XX)

The Peer Group will be the constituents as defined by the SPDR S&P Metals and Mining ETF Index on the first day of trading of the Incentive Period.

The value of the stock of a Peer Group company will be determined in accordance with the following:

1.    If the stock is listed on an exchange in the U.S. or Canada, then the value on such exchange will be used;

2.    Otherwise, if the stock is traded in the U.S. as an American Depositary Receipt (“ADR”), then the value of the ADR will be used; or

3.    Otherwise, the value on the exchange in the country where the company is headquartered will be used.

13

Exhibit B

PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES (RELATIVE TSR)
(20XX – 20XX)

The Performance Objective of the Company is based on Relative Total Shareholder Return (share price plus reinvested dividends) over the three-year Incentive Period from XXXX to XXXX. Achievement of the Relative Total Shareholder Return objective shall be determined by the Total Shareholder Return of the Company relative to that of the Peer Group, interpolating where necessary. Achievement shall be determined against the scale set forth in the table below:

		Performance Level
Performance Factor	Below Threshold		Threshold	Target	Maximum
Relative TSR	less than 25th percentile		25th percentile	50th percentile	75th or greater percentile
Payout For Relative TSR	0%		50%	100%	200%

14

Exhibit C

RELATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN

(20XX – 20XX)

Relative Total Shareholder Return for the Incentive Period is calculated as follows:

1.    The Total Shareholder Return as defined in Section 1.8 of these terms and conditions for the Incentive Period for the Company shall be compared to the Total Shareholder Return for each of the entities within the Peer Group for the Incentive Period. The results shall be ranked to determine the Company’s Relative Total Shareholder Return percentile ranking compared to the Peer Group.

2.    The Company’s Relative Total Shareholder Return for the Incentive Period shall be compared to the Relative Total Shareholder Return performance target range established for the Incentive Period.

3.    The Relative Total Shareholder Return performance target range has been established for the 20XX - 20XX Incentive Period as follows:

	20XX - 20XX
Relative Total Shareholder Return
Performance Level	Percentile Ranking
Maximum	75th Percentile
Target	50th Percentile
Threshold	25th Percentile

15

Exhibit D

ELECTRONIC ACCEPTANCE

Acceptance by the Participant

By selecting the “Accept” box on the website of the Company’s administrative agent, the Participant acknowledges acceptance of, and consents to be bound by, the Plan and this Agreement and any other rules, agreements or other terms and conditions incorporated herein by reference.

IF I FAIL TO ACKNOWLEDGE ACCEPTANCE OF THE AWARD WITHIN NINETY (90) DAYS OF THE DATE OF GRANT SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY MAY DETERMINE THAT THIS AWARD HAS BEEN FORFEITED.

Participant Name

16

EX-10.3

EXHIBIT 10.3

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

2021 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

CASH INCENTIVE AWARD MEMORANDUM (TSR)

Employee:	PARTICIPANT NAME
Date of Grant:	XXXX
Target Amount of Cash Subject to Award:	$ Cash Granted
Performance Metric:	Relative Total Shareholder Return
Incentive Period:	XXXX – XXXX

Additional terms and conditions of your award are included in the Cash Incentive Award Agreement. As a condition to your receipt of this award, you must log on to Fidelity’s website at www.NetBenefits.com and accept the terms and conditions of this award within 90 calendar days of your Date of Grant. If you do not accept the terms and conditions of this award within such time at www.NetBenefits.com, this award may be forfeited and immediately terminate.

Under the terms of the Cash Incentive Award Agreement, your Death Beneficiary is the person you have designated in accordance with the Company’s procedures, and if you have not designated anyone, your estate. Please designate your Death Beneficiary by logging into your account at www.Fidelity.com and following the instructions.

Note: Section 3.1 of the Cash Incentive Award Agreement contains provisions that restrict your activities. These provisions apply to you and, by accepting this award, you agree to be bound by these restrictions.

CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.

2021 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Cash Incentive Award Agreement (TSR)

This Cash Incentive Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is between Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), and you, the person named in the Cash Incentive Award Memorandum (the “Award Memorandum”) who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (the "Participant"). For purposes of this Agreement, “Employer” means the entity (the Company or Subsidiary) that employs the Participant on the applicable date. This Agreement is effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Award Memorandum.

The Company wishes to award to the Participant the opportunity to earn an amount of cash, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, in order to carry out the purpose of the Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. 2021 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). All capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. See Section 2 of the Plan for a list of certain defined terms.

In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement, the Award Memorandum and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Award Memorandum, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

ARTICLE 1.

Definitions

All terms used herein with initial capital letters shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan and the following additional terms, when used herein with initial capital letters, shall have the following meanings:

1.1“Earned Cash Incentive” shall mean the amount of cash earned by the Participant, as determined under Section 2.3.

1.2“Incentive Period” shall be the time period as set forth in the Award Memorandum.

1.3“Market Value Price” shall mean the latest available closing price of a Common Share of the Company or the latest available closing price per share of a common share of each of the entities in the Peer Group, as the case may be, on the New York Stock Exchange or other recognized market if the shares do not trade on the New York Stock Exchange at the relevant time.

1.4“Peer Group” shall mean the group of companies, as more particularly set forth on attached Exhibit A, against which the Relative Total Shareholder Return of the Company is measured over the Incentive Period.

1.5“Performance Objective(s)” shall mean for the Incentive Period the predetermined objectives of the Company with respect to the Management Objectives and any applicable goals established by the Committee and reported to the Board for this award, as more particularly set forth on attached Exhibit B.

1.6“Relative Total Shareholder Return” shall mean for the Incentive Period the Total Shareholder Return of the Company compared to the Total Shareholder Return of the Peer Group, as more particularly set forth on attached Exhibit C.

1.7“Total Shareholder Return” or “TSR” shall mean, for the Incentive Period, the cumulative return to shareholders of the relevant entity during the Incentive Period, measured by the

2

change in Market Value Price per share of a common share of the entity plus dividends (or other distributions, excluding franking credits) reinvested over the Incentive Period, determined on the last business day of the Incentive Period compared to a base measured by the average Market Value Price per share of a common share of the entity on the last business day of the year immediately preceding the Incentive Period. Dividends (or other distributions, excluding franking credits) per share are assumed to be reinvested in the applicable stock on the last business day of the quarter during which they are paid at the then Market Value Price per share, resulting in a fractionally higher number of shares owned at the market price.

ARTICLE 2.

Grant and Terms of Cash Incentive Award

2.1Grant of Cash Incentive Award Opportunity. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company has granted to the Participant the opportunity to earn a percentage (from 0% to 200%) of the target amount of cash as specified in the Award Memorandum (“Cash Incentive Award”), effective as of the Date of Grant.

2.2Performance as Condition of Payment. The Cash Incentive Award evidenced by this Agreement and these terms and conditions shall only result in the payment of cash to the extent such Cash Incentive Award has become an Earned Cash Incentive, as provided in Section 2.3, on the date the Earned Cash Incentive is to be paid as specified in Section 2.5.

2.3Earned Cash Incentive.

(a)Achievement of Performance Objective(s). Subject to Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c), the amount of Earned Cash Incentive, if any, shall be based upon the degree of achievement of the Performance Objective(s), all as more particularly set forth in Exhibit B, with the actual amount of the Earned Cash Incentive interpolated between the performance levels shown on Exhibit B, as determined and certified by the Committee as of the end of the Incentive Period. The percentage level of achievement determined for the Performance Objective(s) shall be multiplied by the target amount of cash subject to the Cash Incentive Award, as specified in the Award Memorandum, to determine the actual amount of Earned Cash Incentive, rounded down to the nearest whole cent. The calculation as to whether the Company has met or exceeded the Performance Objective(s) shall be determined and certified by the Committee in accordance with the award and these terms and conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan, except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c), no Cash Incentive Award will become an Earned Cash Incentive unless the Participant remains in the continuous employment of the Company or a Subsidiary during the entire Incentive Period.

(b)Death, Disability, Retirement or a Termination Without Cause. If the Participant experiences a termination of employment with the Company because of the Participant’s death, Disability (as defined herein) or Retirement (as defined herein) or a termination of employment by the Company without Cause (as defined herein) during the Incentive Period, the amount of the Participant’s Cash Incentive Award that becomes an Earned Cash Incentive will be a prorated amount equal to the product of the amount determined after the end of the Incentive Period under Section 2.3(a) (without regard to the requirement that employment continue until the end of the Incentive Period), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months the Participant was employed with the Company or a Subsidiary between the start of the Incentive Period and the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, and the denominator of which is 36, rounded up to the nearest whole cent.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months and that results in the Participant: (i) being unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity; or (ii) receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean the Participant’s retirement from active employment with the Company or

3

Subsidiary upon or after the attainment of age 55 and at least a 5-year period of service with the Company and/or Subsidiary.

(c)Change in Control. In the event a Change in Control occurs during the Incentive Period, the Participant’s Cash Incentive Award will become an Earned Cash Incentive only to the extent provided in Section 2.4.

In the event the Participant otherwise terminates employment prior to becoming entitled to an Earned Cash Incentive or the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit all rights to any Cash Incentive Award evidenced by this Agreement.

2.4Change in Control Vesting.

(a)If the Participant remains in the continuous employ of the Company or a Subsidiary throughout the period beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the date of a Change in Control, upon the Change in Control, 100% of the Cash Incentive Award shall become an Earned Cash Incentive, except to the extent that an award meeting the requirements of Section 2.4(d) (a “Replacement Award”) is provided to the Participant in accordance with Section 2.4(d) to replace, adjust, or continue the Cash Incentive Award evidenced by this Agreement (the “Replaced Award”). If a Replacement Award is provided, references to Cash Incentive Award in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Award after the Change in Control.

(b)If, upon or after receiving a Replacement Award, the Participant experiences a termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (or any of their successors) (as applicable, the “Successor”) by reason of the Participant terminating employment for Good Reason or the Successor terminating the Participant’s employment other than for Cause, in each case within a period of two years after the Change in Control and during the Incentive Period, 100% of the Replacement Award will become earned and nonforfeitable upon such termination.

(c)If a Replacement Award is provided, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any portion of the outstanding Cash Incentive Award that at the time of the Change in Control is not subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) will be deemed to be an Earned Cash Incentive at the time of such Change in Control and will be paid as provided for in Section 2.5(b).

(d)For purposes of this Agreement, a “Replacement Award” means an award: (i) of the same type (e.g., performance-based cash award opportunity) as the Replaced Award; (ii) that has a value at least equal to the value of the Replaced Award; (iii) that is payable in cash; (iv) if the Participant holding the Replaced Award is subject to U.S. federal income tax under the Code, the tax consequences of which to such Participant under the Code are not less favorable to such Participant than the tax consequences of the Replaced Award; and (v) the other terms and conditions of which are not less favorable to the Participant holding the Replaced Award than the terms and conditions of the Replaced Award (including the provisions that would apply in the event of a subsequent Change in Control). A Replacement Award may be granted only to the extent it does not result in the Replaced Award or Replacement Award failing to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Replacement Award may take the form of a continuation of the Replaced Award if the requirements of the two preceding sentences are satisfied. The determination of whether the conditions of this Section 2.4(d) are satisfied will be made by the Committee, as constituted immediately before the Change in Control, in its sole discretion.

(e)For purposes of this Agreement, a termination for “Cause” shall mean that, prior to termination of employment, the Participant shall have committed: (i) and been convicted of a criminal violation involving fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his or her duties or in the course of his or her employment with the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable); (ii) intentional

4

wrongful damage to property of the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable); (iii) intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable); or (iv) intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity; and any such act shall have been demonstrably and materially harmful to the Company or any Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable). For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the part of the Participant shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done or omitted to be done by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Participant’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company or an Affiliate (or the Successor, if applicable).

(f)A termination “for Good Reason” shall mean the Participant’s termination of employment with the Successor as a result of the initial occurrence, without the Participant’s consent, of one or more of the following events:

(i)a material diminution in the Participant’s annual base salary rate as in effect from time to time (“Base Pay”);

(ii)a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

(iii)a material change in the geographic location at which the Participant must perform services;

(iv)a reduction in the Participant’s opportunity regarding annual bonus, incentive or other payment of compensation, in addition to Base Pay, made or to be made in regard to services rendered in any year or other period pursuant to any bonus, incentive, profit-sharing, performance, discretionary pay or similar agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement (whether or not funded) of the Successor; and

(v)any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Participant’s employer of the employment agreement, if any, under which the Participant provides services.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Good Reason” shall not be deemed to exist unless: (A) the Participant has provided notice to his or her employer of the existence of one or more of the conditions listed in (i) through (v) above within 90 days after the initial occurrence of such condition or conditions; and (B) such condition or conditions have not been cured by the Participant’s employer within 30 days after receipt of such notice.

2.5Payment of Earned Cash Incentive.

(a)Payment After the Incentive Period. Subject to Sections 2.5(b) and (c), the Earned Cash Incentive shall be paid after the end of the Incentive Period and after the determination and certification by the Committee of the level of attainment of the Performance Objective(s), but in any event no later than 2-½ months after the end of the Incentive Period, to the extent it has not been previously paid to the Participant.

(b)Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 2.5(a), to the extent there is any Earned Cash Incentive as of a Change in Control, such Earned Cash Incentive will be paid within 10 days of the Change in Control; provided, however, that if such Change in Control would not qualify as a permissible date of distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(A) of the Code, and the regulations thereunder, and where Section 409A of the Code applies to such distribution, payment will be made on the date that would have otherwise applied pursuant to this Section 2.5.

5

(c)Payment Following a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 2.2 and 2.5(a), if, during the two-year period following a Change in Control, the Participant experiences a qualifying termination of employment (as described in Section 2.4(b)), the Earned Cash Incentive as of the date of such termination of employment shall be paid within 10 days of such termination of employment to the extent it has not been previously paid to the Participant; provided, however, that if such Change in Control would not qualify as a permissible date of distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(A) of the Code, and the regulations thereunder, and where Section 409A of the Code applies to such distribution, payment will be made on the date that would have otherwise applied pursuant to this Section 2.5.

(d)General. The Cash Incentive Award is to be settled in cash. The Committee may withhold cash to the extent necessary to satisfy income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related item withholding requirements, as described in Section 5.3.

(e)Payments After Death. Any payment of Earned Cash Incentive to a deceased Participant shall be paid to the Participant’s Death Beneficiary. “Death Beneficiary” shall mean the person the Participant designates in accordance with the Company’s procedures, and if the Participant does not identify a person, the “Death Beneficiary” shall be the estate of the Participant.

(f)Payment Obligation. Prior to payment, the Company shall only have an unfunded and unsecured obligation to make payment of the Earned Cash Incentive to the Participant. The Cash Incentive Award evidenced by this Agreement that has not yet been earned as an Earned Cash Incentive, and any interests of the Participant with respect thereto, are not transferable other than pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, or in accordance with Section 2.5(e).

ARTICLE 3.

Other Terms and Conditions

3.1Non-Compete and Confidentiality.

(a)The Participant shall not render services for any organization or engage directly or indirectly in any business that is a competitor of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or which organization or business is or plans to become prejudicial to or in conflict with the business interests of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or distribute any secret or confidential information belonging to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

(b)Failure to comply with Section 3.1(a) above will cause the Participant to forfeit the right to the Cash Incentive Award and require the Participant to reimburse the Company for the taxable income received as a result of the Cash Incentive Award within the 90-day period preceding the Participant’s termination of employment.

ARTICLE 4.

Acknowledgments

4.1Acknowledgments. In accepting the award, the Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees to the following:

(a)The Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b)The grant of the Cash Incentive Award is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Cash Incentive Awards, or benefits in lieu of Cash Incentive Awards, even if Cash Incentive Awards have been granted in the past;

6

(c)All decisions with respect to future Cash Incentive Awards or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d)The Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary;

(e)The Cash Incentive Award and the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or services contract with the Company or any Subsidiary and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, or any Subsidiary, as applicable, to terminate the Participant’s employment or service relationship (if any);

(f)No claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of any Cash Incentive Award resulting from the Participant ceasing to provide employment or other services to the Company or a Subsidiary (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed or the terms of the Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Cash Incentive Award to which the Participant is otherwise not entitled, the Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and the Participant waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company and its Subsidiaries from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(g)Neither the Plan nor the Cash Incentive Award shall be construed to create an employment relationship where any employment relationship did not otherwise already exist;

(h)The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Participant’s participation in the Plan, or the Participant’s acquisition of cash thereunder. The Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Cash Incentive Award;

(i)The Cash Incentive Award, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(j)The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on participation in the Cash Incentive Award, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or other applicable rules or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing; and

(k)Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Participant acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement and the award described herein (and any settlement thereof) are subject to the terms and conditions of the

7

Company’s clawback policy or policies as may be in effect from time to time, including specifically to implement Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or regulations promulgated thereunder (including applicable rules and regulations of any national securities exchange on which the Common Shares at any point may be traded) (the “Compensation Recovery Policy”), and that, to the extent the Compensation Recovery Policy, by its terms, is applicable to the Participant’s Cash Incentive Award, applicable terms of this Agreement will be (if necessary) deemed superseded by and subject to the terms and conditions of the Compensation Recovery Policy from and after the effective date thereof. Further, by accepting the Cash Incentive Award covered by this Agreement, the Participant (i) consents to be bound by the terms of the Compensation Recovery Policy, as applicable, (ii) agrees and acknowledges that the Participant is obligated to and will cooperate with, and will provide any and all assistance necessary to, the Company in any effort to recover or recoup any compensation or other amounts subject to clawback or recovery pursuant to the Compensation Recovery Policy and/or applicable laws, rules, regulations, stock exchange listing standards or other Company policy, and (iii) agrees that the Company may enforce its rights under the Compensation Recovery Policy through any and all reasonable means permitted under applicable law as it deems necessary or desirable under the Compensation Recovery Policy, in each case from and after the effective dates thereof. Such cooperation and assistance shall include, but is not limited to, executing, completing and submitting any documentation necessary to facilitate the recovery or recoupment by the Company from the Participant of any such amounts, including from the Participant’s accounts or from any other compensation, to the extent permissible under Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE 5.

General Provisions

5.1Compliance with Law. The Company shall make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement prevents the Participant from providing, without prior notice to the Company, information to governmental authorities regarding possible legal violations or otherwise testifying or participating in any investigation or proceeding by any governmental authorities regarding possible legal violations, and for purpose of clarity the Participant is not prohibited from providing information voluntarily to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 21F of the Exchange Act.

5.2Reserved.

5.3Withholding Taxes. To the extent that the Company is required to withhold federal, state, local or foreign taxes or other amounts in connection with any payment made or benefit realized by the Participant under this Agreement, and the amounts available to the Company for such withholding are insufficient, it will be a condition to the receipt of such payment or the realization of such benefit that the Participant make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for payment of the balance of such taxes or other amounts required to be withheld, which arrangements (in the discretion of the Committee) may include relinquishment of a portion of such benefit.

5.4Continuous Employment. For purposes of this Agreement, the continuous employment of the Participant with the Company shall not be deemed to have been interrupted, and the Participant shall not be deemed to have separated from service with the Company, by reason of the transfer of his employment among the Company or Subsidiaries or an approved leave of absence, unless otherwise indicated in the Plan or if required to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

8

5.5Relation to Other Benefits. Any economic or other benefit to the Participant under the Agreement and these terms and conditions or the Plan shall not be taken into account in determining any benefits to which the Participant may be entitled under any profit-sharing, retirement or other benefit or compensation plan maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary and shall not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage available to any beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company or Subsidiary.

5.6Adjustments. The Cash Incentive Award evidenced by this Agreement is subject to mandatory adjustment as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

5.7These Terms and Conditions Subject to Plan. The Cash Incentive Award covered under the Agreement and all of the terms and conditions hereof are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, a copy of which is available upon request.

5.8Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Cash Incentive Award is non-transferable and any attempts to assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise alienate or encumber (whether by law or otherwise) any portion of the Cash Incentive Award shall be null and void.

5.9Data Privacy. The Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Cash Incentive Award materials by and among, as applicable, the Company or Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

The Participant understands that the Company or Subsidiary may hold certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Common Shares of or directorships in the Company that are held, details of all Cash Incentive Awards awarded, canceled, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

The Participant understands that Data will be transferred to the Company’s broker, or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Participant understands that the recipients’ use of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country. The Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Participant authorizes the Company, the Company’s broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participants’ participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view their respective Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of their Data, require any necessary amendments to their Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, the Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Participant does not consent, or if the Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing the Participant's consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Cash Incentive Awards or equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her

9

consent may affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

5.10Amendments. This Agreement can be amended at any time by the Committee. Any amendment to the Plan shall be deemed to be an amendment to this Agreement to the extent that the amendment is applicable hereto. Except for amendments necessary to bring this Agreement into compliance with current law including Section 409A of the Code, no amendment to this Agreement shall materially and adversely affect the rights of the Participant without the Participant’s written consent.

5.11Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

5.12Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Cash Incentive Award by electronic means. By accepting this Cash Incentive Award, the Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

5.13Headings. Headings are given to the articles or sections of this Agreement solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

5.14Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio.

5.15Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement and the Plan comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement and the Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement or the Plan to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and may be made by the Company without the consent of the Participant). The terms “termination of employment,” “terminates employment,” and similar words and phrases used in this Agreement mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h). If, at the time of the Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (a) the Participant will be a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (b) the Company makes a good faith determination that an amount payable hereunder constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but will instead pay it, without interest, on the fifth business day of the seventh month after such separation from service.

[Acceptance Page Contained in Exhibit D]

10

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A        Peer Group

Exhibit B        Performance Objectives

Exhibit C        Relative Total Shareholder Return

Exhibit D        Electronic Acceptance

11

Exhibit A

PEER GROUP

(20XX – 20XX)

The Peer Group will be the constituents as defined by the SPDR S&P Metals and Mining ETF Index on the first day of trading of the Incentive Period.

The value of the stock of a Peer Group company will be determined in accordance with the following:

1.    If the stock is listed on an exchange in the U.S. or Canada, then the value on such exchange will be used;

2.    Otherwise, if the stock is traded in the U.S. as an American Depositary Receipt (“ADR”), then the value of the ADR will be used; or

3.    Otherwise, the value on the exchange in the country where the company is headquartered will be used.

12

Exhibit B

PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES (RELATIVE TSR)
(20XX – 20XX)

The Performance Objective of the Company is based on Relative Total Shareholder Return (share price plus reinvested dividends) over the three-year Incentive Period from XXXX to XXXX. Achievement of the Relative Total Shareholder Return objective shall be determined by the Total Shareholder Return of the Company relative to that of the Peer Group, interpolating where necessary. Achievement shall be determined against the scale set forth in the table below:

	Performance Level
Performance Factor	Below Threshold	Threshold	Target	Maximum
Relative TSR	less than 25th percentile	25th percentile	50th percentile	75th or greater percentile
Payout For Relative TSR	0%	50%	100%	200%

13

Exhibit C

RELATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN

(20XX - 20XX)

Relative Total Shareholder Return for the Incentive Period is calculated as follows:

1.    The Total Shareholder Return as defined in Section 1.7 of these terms and conditions for the Incentive Period for the Company shall be compared to the Total Shareholder Return for each of the entities within the Peer Group for the Incentive Period. The results shall be ranked to determine the Company’s Relative Total Shareholder Return percentile ranking compared to the Peer Group.

2.    The Company’s Relative Total Shareholder Return for the Incentive Period shall be compared to the Relative Total Shareholder Return performance target range established for the Incentive Period.

3.    The Relative Total Shareholder Return performance target range has been established for the 20XX - 20XX Incentive Period as follows:

	20XX - 20XX
	Relative Total Shareholder Return
Performance Level	Percentile Ranking
Maximum	75th Percentile
Target	50th Percentile
Threshold	25th Percentile

14

Exhibit D

ELECTRONIC ACCEPTANCE

Acceptance by the Participant

By selecting the “Accept” box on the website of the Company’s administrative agent, the Participant acknowledges acceptance of, and consents to be bound by, the Plan and this Agreement and any other rules, agreements or other terms and conditions incorporated herein by reference.

IF I FAIL TO ACKNOWLEDGE ACCEPTANCE OF THE AWARD WITHIN NINETY (90) DAYS OF THE DATE OF GRANT SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY MAY DETERMINE THAT THIS AWARD HAS BEEN FORFEITED.

Participant Name

15

EX-22

EXHIBIT 22

The following entities are included in the obligated group as of March 31, 2024, as defined in the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. to which this document is being filed as an exhibit, including Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., as the parent and issuer, and the subsidiary guarantors that have guaranteed the obligations under the 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes, the 5.875% 2027 Senior Notes, the 7.000% 2027 Senior Notes, the 4.625% 2029 Senior Notes, the 6.750% 2030 Senior Notes, the 4.875% 2031 Senior Notes and the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issued by Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.

Exact Name of Issuer or Guarantor Subsidiary (1) (2)	State of Incorporation or Organization
Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.	Ohio
Cannon Automotive Solutions - Bowling Green, Inc.	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Burns Harbor LLC	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Cleveland Works LLC	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Columbus LLC	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs FPT Services Company	Ohio
Cleveland-Cliffs Investments Inc.	Ohio
Cleveland-Cliffs Kote L.P.	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Minorca Mine Inc.	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Monessen Coke LLC	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Plate LLC	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Railways Inc.	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Riverdale LLC	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Services Holding Company	Ohio
Cleveland-Cliffs South Chicago & Indiana Harbor Railway Inc.	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Steel Corporation	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Steel Holding Corporation	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Steel Holdings Inc.	Ohio
Cleveland-Cliffs Steel LLC	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Steel Management Inc.	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Steel Properties Inc.	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Steelton LLC	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Steelworks Railway Inc.	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Tek Kote Acquisition Corporation	Ohio
Cleveland-Cliffs Tek L.P.	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Tooling and Stamping Company	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Tooling and Stamping Holdings LLC	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Tubular Components LLC	Delaware
Cleveland-Cliffs Weirton LLC	Delaware
Cliffs Mining Company	Delaware
Cliffs Minnesota Mining Company	Delaware
Cliffs Steel Inc.	Ohio
Cliffs TIOP Holding, LLC	Delaware
Cliffs TIOP, Inc.	Michigan
Cliffs TIOP II, LLC	Delaware
Cliffs UTAC Holding LLC	Delaware
Ferrous Processing and Trading Company	Michigan
Fleetwood Metal Industries, LLC	Delaware
FPT - Schlafer Division L.L.C.	Michigan
FPT Cleveland, LLC	Michigan
FPT Florida, LLC	Michigan
IronUnits LLC	Delaware
Koil Metals L.L.C.	Michigan

EXHIBIT 22

Exact Name of Issuer or Guarantor Subsidiary (1) (2)	State of Incorporation or Organization
Lake Superior & Ishpeming Railroad Company	Michigan
Lonyo Land L.L.C.	Michigan
Metallics Sales Company	Delaware
Mid-Vol Coal Sales, Inc.	West Virginia
Mountain State Carbon, LLC	Delaware
Northshore Mining Company	Delaware
Silver Bay Power Company	Delaware
SLC Acquisition L.L.C.	Michigan
SNA Carbon, LLC	Delaware
The Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company	Ohio
Tilden Mining Company L.C.	Michigan
United Taconite LLC	Delaware
(1) The address and phone number of each issuer and guarantor subsidiary is c/o Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., 200 Public Square, Suite 3300, Cleveland, Ohio 44114, (216) 694-5700.
(2) Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. is the issuer, all other entities listed are guarantor subsidiaries.

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Lourenco Goncalves, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	April 25, 2024
	By:	/s/ Lourenco Goncalves
		Lourenco Goncalves
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Celso L. Goncalves Jr., certify that:

1.I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	April 25, 2024
	By:	/s/ Celso L. Goncalves Jr.
		Celso L. Goncalves Jr.
		Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 10-Q”), I, Lourenco Goncalves, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to such officer’s knowledge:

(1)The Form 10-Q fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2)The information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Form 10-Q.

Date:	April 25, 2024
	By:	/s/ Lourenco Goncalves
		Lourenco Goncalves
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 10-Q”), I, Celso L. Goncalves Jr., Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to such officer’s knowledge:

(1)The Form 10-Q fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2)The information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Form 10-Q.

Date:	April 25, 2024
	By:	/s/ Celso L. Goncalves Jr.
		Celso L. Goncalves Jr.
		Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

EX-95

Exhibit 95

Mine Safety Disclosures

The operation of our mines located in the United States is subject to regulation by MSHA under the FMSH Act. MSHA inspects these mines on a regular basis and issues various citations and orders when it believes a violation has occurred under the FMSH Act. We present information below regarding certain mining safety and health citations that MSHA has issued with respect to our mining operations. In evaluating this information, consideration should be given to factors such as: (i) the number of citations and orders will vary depending on the size of the mine; (ii) the number of citations issued will vary from inspector to inspector and mine to mine; and (iii) citations and orders can be contested and appealed and, in that process, are often reduced in severity and amount, and are sometimes dismissed.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, each operator of a coal or other mine is required to include certain mine safety results within its periodic reports filed with the SEC. As required by the reporting requirements included in §1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, we present the following items regarding certain mining safety and health matters, for the period presented, for each of our mine locations that are covered under the scope of the Dodd-Frank Act:

(A)The total number of violations of mandatory health or safety standards that could significantly and substantially contribute to the cause and effect of a coal or other mine safety or health hazard under section 104 of the FMSH Act (30 U.S.C. 814) for which the operator received a citation from MSHA;

(B)The total number of orders issued under section 104(b) of the FMSH Act (30 U.S.C. 814(b));

(C)The total number of citations and orders for unwarrantable failure of the mine operator to comply with mandatory health or safety standards under section 104(d) of the FMSH Act (30 U.S.C. 814(d));

(D)The total number of imminent danger orders issued under section 107(a) of the FMSH Act (30 U.S.C. 817(a));

(E)The total dollar value of proposed assessments from MSHA under the FMSH Act (30 U.S.C. 801 et seq.);

(F)Legal actions pending before the Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission involving such coal or other mine as of the last day of the period;

(G)Legal actions instituted before the Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission involving such coal or other mine during the period; and

(H)Legal actions resolved before the Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission involving such coal or other mine during the period.

During the three months ended March 31, 2024, our U.S. mine locations did not receive any flagrant violations under section 110(b)(2) of the FMSH Act (30 U.S.C. 820(b)(2)), or any written notices of a pattern of violations, or the potential to have such a pattern of violations, under section 104(e) of the FMSH Act (30 U.S.C. 814(e)). In addition, there were no mining-related fatalities at any of our U.S. mine locations during this same period.

Following is a summary of the information listed above for the three months ended March 31, 2024:

		Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
		(A)	(B)	(C)	(D)	(E)		(F)	(G)	(H)
Mine Name/ MSHA ID No.	Operation	Section 104 S&S Citations	Section 104(b) Orders	Section 104(d) Orders	Section 107(a) Orders	Total Dollar Value of MSHA Proposed Assessments (1)		Legal Actions Pending as of Last Day of Period (2)	Legal Actions Instituted During Period	Legal Actions Resolved During Period
Tilden / 2000422	Iron Ore	48	1	—	—	$	104,578	1	1	3
Empire / 2001012	Iron Ore	—	—	—	—	$	—	—	—	—
Northshore Plant / 2100831	Iron Ore	8	—	—	—	$	32,824	—	—	—
Northshore Mine / 2100209	Iron Ore	5	—	—	1	$	3,013	—	—	—
Hibbing / 2101600	Iron Ore	4	—	—	—	$	37,553	—	—	2
United Taconite Plant / 2103404	Iron Ore	13	—	—	—	$	11,119	—	—	1
United Taconite Mine / 2103403	Iron Ore	1	—	—	—	$	1,133	—	—	—
Minorca Mine / 2102449	Iron Ore	14	2	—	—	$	5,000	—	—	—
Virginia Point No. 1 Surface Mine / 4407172	Coal	1	—	—	—	$	483	—	—	—
Low Gap Surface Mine / 4605741	Coal	—	—	—	—	$	—	—	—	—
Eckman Surface Mine / 4608647	Coal	—	—	—	—	$	—	—	—	—
Redhawk Surface Mine / 4609300	Coal	—	—	—	—	$	—	—	—	—
Dry Branch Surface Mine / 4609395	Coal	1	—	2	—	$	26,103	—	—	—
Dans Branch Surface Mine / 4609517	Coal	—	—	—	—	$	—	—	—	—
Eckman Loadout / 4603341	Coal	—	—	—	—	$	147	—	—	—
Roadfork Loadout / 4608278	Coal	—	—	—	—	$	—	—	—	—
Eckman Plant / 4609357	Coal	—	—	—	—	$	441	—	—	—
Mine No. 35 / 4608131	Coal	—	—	—	—	$	—	—	—	—
Mine No. 39 / 4609261	Coal	1	—	—	—	$	4,714	2	1	4
Mine No. 43 / 4609496	Coal	—	—	—	—	$	—	—	—	—
Mine No. 44 / 4609523	Coal	8	—	—	—	$	5,518	—	—	—

(1)    Amounts included under the heading “Total Dollar Value of MSHA Proposed Assessments” are the total dollar amounts for proposed assessments received from MSHA on or before March 31, 2024.

(2)    All pending legal actions are related to contests of proposed penalties referenced in Subpart C of FMSH Act's procedural rules.

XML

Document and Entity Information - shares	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Apr. 24, 2024
Cover [Abstract]
Document Type	10-Q
Document Quarterly Report	true
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2024
Document Transition Report	false
Entity File Number	1-8944
Entity Registrant Name	CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC.
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	OH
Entity Tax Identification Number	34-1464672
Entity Address, Address Line One	200 Public Square,
Entity Address, City or Town	Cleveland,
Entity Address, State or Province	OH
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	44114-2315
City Area Code	216
Local Phone Number	694-5700
Title of 12(b) Security	Common shares, par value $0.125 per share
Trading Symbol	CLF
Security Exchange Name	NYSE
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	false
Entity Emerging Growth Company	false
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		475,476,193
Entity Central Index Key	0000764065
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2024
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q1
Amendment Flag	false

XML

Statements Of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 30	$ 198
Accounts receivable, net	1,868	1,840
Inventories	4,449	4,460
Other current assets	122	138
Total current assets	6,469	6,636
Non-current assets:
Property, plant and equipment, net	8,771	8,895
Goodwill	1,005	1,005
Pension and OPEB assets	344	329
Other non-current assets	647	672
TOTAL ASSETS	17,236	17,537
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	2,051	2,099
Accrued employment costs	449	511
Accrued expenses	318	380
Other current liabilities	578	518
Total current liabilities	3,396	3,508
Non-current liabilities:
Long-term debt	3,664	3,137
Pension and OPEB liabilities	791	821
Deferred income taxes	628	639
Other non-current liabilities	1,315	1,310
TOTAL LIABILITIES	9,794	9,415
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 17)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common shares - par value $0.125 per share	66	66
Capital in excess of par value of shares	4,851	4,861
Retained earnings	1,666	1,733
Cost of 55,579,044 common shares in treasury (2023 - 26,164,757 shares)	(1,030)	(430)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	1,648	1,657
Total Cliffs shareholders' equity	7,201	7,887
Noncontrolling interests	241	235
TOTAL EQUITY	7,442	8,122
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY	$ 17,236	$ 17,537

XML

Statements Of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Common shares, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.125
Common shares, authorized (in shares)	1,200,000,000	1,200,000,000
Common shares, issued (in shares)	531,051,530	531,051,530
Common shares, outstanding (in shares)	475,472,486	504,886,773
Common shares in treasury (in shares)	55,579,044	26,164,757

XML

Statements Of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Income Statement [Abstract]
Revenues	$ 5,199	$ 5,295
Operating costs:
Cost of goods sold	(4,914)	(5,196)
Selling, general and administrative expenses	(132)	(127)
Restructuring and other charges	(104)	0
Asset impairment	(64)	0
Miscellaneous – net	(23)	(3)
Total operating costs	(5,237)	(5,326)
Operating loss	(38)	(31)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net	(64)	(77)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	(21)	0
Net periodic benefit credits other than service cost component	60	50
Other non-operating income	2	2
Total other expense	(23)	(25)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(61)	(56)
Income tax benefit	8	13
Loss from continuing operations	(53)	(43)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	0	1
Net loss	(53)	(42)
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests	(14)	(15)
Net loss attributable to Cliffs shareholders	$ (67)	$ (57)
Loss per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - basic
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.14)	$ (0.11)
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	0	0
Earnings per Common Share - Basic (in dollars per share)	(0.14)	(0.11)
Loss per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - diluted
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	(0.14)	(0.11)
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	0	0
Earnings per Common Share - Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ (0.14)	$ (0.11)

XML

Statements Of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Comprehensive Income - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net loss	$ (53)	$ (42)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Changes in pension and OPEB, net of tax	(28)	(27)
Changes in derivative financial instruments, net of tax	20	(152)
Changes in foreign currency translation	(1)	0
Total other comprehensive loss	(9)	(179)
Comprehensive loss	(62)	(221)
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests	(14)	(15)
Comprehensive loss attributable to Cliffs shareholders	$ (76)	$ (236)

XML

Statements Of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss	$ (53)	$ (42)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	230	242
Restructuring and other charges	104	0
Asset impairments	64	0
Pension and OPEB credits	(51)	(40)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	21	0
Other	44	35
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net	(27)	(257)
Inventories	(8)	207
Income taxes	(1)	15
Pension and OPEB payments and contributions	(32)	(30)
Payables, accrued employment and accrued expenses	(170)	(90)
Other, net	21	(79)
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities	142	(39)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property, plant and equipment	(182)	(188)
Other investing activities	3	3
Net cash used by investing activities	(179)	(185)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Repurchase of common shares	(608)	0
Proceeds from issuance of senior notes	825	0
Repayments of senior notes	(652)	0
Borrowings under credit facilities, net	342	307
Debt issuance costs	(13)	0
Other financing activities	(25)	(50)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	(131)	257
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(168)	33
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	198	26
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$ 30	$ 59

XML

Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Changes in Equity Statement - USD ($) $ in Millions	Total	Common Stock	Capital in Excess of Par Value of Shares	Retained Earnings	Common Shares in Treasury	AOCI	Non-controlling Interests
Balance, beginning of period (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2022		513,300,000
Balance, beginning of period at Dec. 31, 2022	$ 8,042	$ 66	$ 4,871	$ 1,334	$ (310)	$ 1,830	$ 251
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Comprehensive income (loss)	(221)			(57)		(179)	15
Stock and other incentive plans (in shares)		1,800,000
Stock and other incentive plans			(39)
Stock and other incentive plans	(9)				30
Net distributions to noncontrolling interests	(19)						(19)
Balance, end of period (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2023		515,100,000
Balance, end of period at Mar. 31, 2023	$ 7,793	$ 66	4,832	1,277	(280)	1,651	247
Balance, beginning of period (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2023	504,886,773	504,900,000
Balance, beginning of period at Dec. 31, 2023	$ 8,122	$ 66	4,861	1,733	(430)	1,657	235
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Comprehensive income (loss)	(62)			(67)		(9)	14
Common stock repurchases (shares)		(30,400,000)
Common stock repurchases	(615)				(615)
Stock and other incentive plans (in shares)		1,000,000.0
Stock and other incentive plans			(10)
Stock and other incentive plans	5				15
Net distributions to noncontrolling interests	$ (8)						(8)
Balance, end of period (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2024	475,472,486	475,500,000
Balance, end of period at Mar. 31, 2024	$ 7,442	$ 66	$ 4,851	$ 1,666	$ (1,030)	$ 1,648	$ 241

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BUSINESS, CONSOLIDATION AND PRESENTATION

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with SEC rules and regulations and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in equity for the periods presented. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Management bases its estimates on various assumptions and historical experience, which are believed to be reasonable; however, due to the inherent nature of estimates, actual results may differ significantly due to changed conditions or assumptions. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2024 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2024 or any other future period. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.

NATURE OF BUSINESS

We are the largest flat-rolled steel producer in North America. Founded in 1847 as a mine operator, we are also the largest manufacturer of iron ore pellets in North America. We are vertically integrated from mined raw materials, direct reduced iron and ferrous scrap to primary steelmaking and downstream finishing, stamping, tooling and tubing. We are the largest supplier of steel to the automotive industry in North America and serve a diverse range of other markets due to our comprehensive offering of flat-rolled steel products. Headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio, we employ approximately 28,000 people across our operations in the United States and Canada.

BUSINESS OPERATIONS

We are organized into four operating segments based on differentiated products – Steelmaking, Tubular, Tooling and Stamping, and European Operations. We primarily operate through one reportable segment – the Steelmaking segment.

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements consolidate our accounts and the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries, all subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest and VIEs for which we are the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated upon consolidation.

INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES

We have investments in several businesses accounted for using the equity method of accounting. These investments are included within our Steelmaking segment. Our investment in affiliates of $118 million and $123 million as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, was classified in Other non-current assets.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A detailed description of our significant accounting policies can be found in the audited financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 filed with the SEC. There have been no material changes in our significant accounting policies and estimates from those disclosed therein.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND LEGISLATION

In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-04, Liabilities - Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations. This guidance requires annual and interim disclosure of the key terms of outstanding supplier finance programs and a roll-forward of the related obligations. The new standard does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation of the supplier finance program obligations. We have adopted this standard, except for the amendment on roll-forward information, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. Refer to NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION for further information.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This guidance requires additional annual and interim disclosures for reportable segments. This new standard does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This guidance requires additional annual and interim disclosures for income taxes. This new standard does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.

XML

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following is a roll-forward of our allowance for credit losses associated with Accounts receivable, net:

(In millions)	2024		2023
Allowance for credit losses as of January 1	$	(5)	$	(4)
Increase in allowance	—		(1)
Allowance for credit losses as of March 31	$	(5)	$	(5)

INVENTORIES

The following table presents the detail of our Inventories on the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Product inventories
Finished and semi-finished goods	$	2,500	$	2,573
Raw materials	1,535		1,476
Total product inventories	4,035		4,049
Manufacturing supplies and critical spares	414		411
Inventories	$	4,449	$	4,460

SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE PROGRAMS

We negotiate payment terms directly with our suppliers for the purchase of goods and services. We currently offer voluntary supply chain finance programs that enable our suppliers to sell their Cliffs receivables to financial intermediaries, at the sole discretion of both the suppliers and financial intermediaries. No guarantees are provided by us or our subsidiaries under the supply chain finance programs. The supply chain finance programs allow our suppliers to be paid by the financial intermediaries earlier than the due date on the applicable invoice. Supply chain finance programs that extend terms or provide us an economic benefit are classified as short-term financings. As of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had $25 million and $21 million, respectively, deemed as short-term financings that are classified in Other current liabilities. Additionally, as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had $89 million and $91 million, respectively, classified as Accounts payable.

WEIRTON INDEFINITE IDLE

During the first quarter of 2024, we announced the indefinite idle of our tinplate production plant located in Weirton, West Virginia. As a result of the announcement of the indefinite idle, we recorded Restructuring and other charges of $104 million for severance, other employee-related benefits and asset retirement obligation charges and Asset impairments of $64 million during the three months ended March 31, 2024.

CASH FLOW INFORMATION

A reconciliation of capital additions to cash paid for capital expenditures is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Capital additions	$	157	$	128
Less:
Non-cash accruals	(45)		(76)
Right-of-use assets - finance leases	20		16
Cash paid for capital expenditures including deposits	$	182	$	188

Cash payments (receipts) for income taxes and interest are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Income taxes paid	$	1	$	1
Income tax refunds	(2)		(26)
Interest paid on debt obligations net of capitalized interest1	53		79
1 Capitalized interest was $4 million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

XML

REVENUES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]

REVENUES

NOTE 3 - REVENUES

We generate our revenue through product sales, in which shipping terms indicate when we have fulfilled our performance obligations and transferred control of products to our customer. Our revenue transactions consist of a single performance obligation to transfer promised goods. Our contracts with customers define the mechanism for determining the sales price, which is generally fixed upon transfer of control, but the contracts generally do not impose a specific quantity on either party. Quantities to be delivered to the customer are determined at a point near the date of delivery through purchase orders or other written instructions we receive from the customer. Spot market sales are made through purchase orders or other written instructions. We consider our performance obligation to be complete and recognize revenue when control transfers in accordance with shipping terms.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring product. We reduce the amount of revenue recognized for estimated returns and other customer credits, such as discounts and volume rebates, based on the expected value to be realized. Payment terms are consistent with terms standard to the markets we serve. Sales taxes collected from customers are excluded from revenues.

The following table represents our Revenues by market:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Steelmaking:
Direct automotive	$	1,617	$	1,870
Infrastructure and manufacturing	1,392		1,297
Distributors and converters	1,412		1,258
Steel producers	606		701
Total Steelmaking	5,027		5,126
Other Businesses:
Direct automotive	140		139
Infrastructure and manufacturing	10		10
Distributors and converters	22		20
Total Other Businesses	172		169
Total revenues	$	5,199	$	5,295

The following tables represent our Revenues by product line:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Steelmaking:
Hot-rolled steel	$	1,128	$	1,121
Cold-rolled steel	749		639
Coated steel	1,623		1,617
Stainless and electrical steel	461		574
Plate	333		331
Slab and other steel products	335		327
Other	398		517
Total Steelmaking	5,027		5,126
Other Businesses:
Other	172		169
Total revenues	$	5,199	$	5,295

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

SEGMENT REPORTING

NOTE 4 - SEGMENT REPORTING

We are vertically integrated from mined raw materials and direct reduced iron and ferrous scrap to primary steelmaking and downstream finishing, stamping, tooling and tubing. We are organized into four operating segments based on our differentiated products – Steelmaking, Tubular, Tooling and Stamping, and European Operations. We have one reportable segment – Steelmaking. The operating segment results of our Tubular, Tooling and Stamping, and European Operations that do not constitute reportable segments are combined and disclosed in the Other Businesses category. Our Steelmaking segment operates as the largest flat-rolled steel producer supported by being the largest iron ore pellet producer as well as a leading prime scrap processor in North America, primarily serving the automotive, distributors and converters, and infrastructure and manufacturing markets. Our Other Businesses primarily include the operating segments that provide customer solutions with carbon and stainless steel tubing products, advanced-engineered solutions, tool design and build, hot- and cold-stamped steel components, and complex assemblies. All intersegment transactions were eliminated in consolidation. We allocate Corporate Selling, general and administrative expenses to our operating segments.

We evaluate performance on an operating segment basis, as well as a consolidated basis, based on Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP measure. This measure is used by management, investors, lenders and other external users of our financial statements to assess our operating performance and to compare operating performance to other companies in the steel industry. In addition, management believes Adjusted EBITDA is a useful measure to assess the earnings power of the business without the impact of capital structure and can be used to assess our ability to service debt and fund future capital expenditures in the business.

Our results by segment are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Revenues:
Steelmaking	$	5,027	$	5,126
Other Businesses	172		169
Total revenues	$	5,199	$	5,295
Adjusted EBITDA:
Steelmaking	$	395	$	240
Other Businesses	17		8
Eliminations	2		(5)
Total Adjusted EBITDA	$	414	$	243

The following table provides a reconciliation of our consolidated Net loss to total Adjusted EBITDA:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Net loss	$	(53)	$	(42)
Less:
Interest expense, net	(64)		(77)
Income tax benefit	8		13
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	(230)		(242)
	233		264
Less:
EBITDA of noncontrolling interests1	21		23
Weirton indefinite idle2	(177)		—
Loss on extinguishment of debt	(21)		—
Other, net	(4)		(2)
Total Adjusted EBITDA	$	414	$	243
1 EBITDA of noncontrolling interests includes the following:
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	$	14	$	15
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	7		8
EBITDA of noncontrolling interests	$	21	$	23
2 Refer to NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION for further information.

The following table summarizes our depreciation, depletion and amortization and capital additions by segment:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Depreciation, depletion and amortization:
Steelmaking	$	(222)	$	(231)
Other Businesses	(8)		(11)
Total depreciation, depletion and amortization	$	(230)	$	(242)
Capital additions1:
Steelmaking	$	156	$	127
Other Businesses	1		1
Total capital additions	$	157	$	128
1 Refer to NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION for additional information.

The following summarizes our assets by segment:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Assets:
Steelmaking	$	16,738	$	16,880
Other Businesses	658		657
Intersegment eliminations	(505)		(507)
Total segment assets	16,891		17,030
Corporate	345		507
Total assets	$	17,236	$	17,537

XML

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

NOTE 5 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The following table indicates the carrying value of each of the major classes of our depreciable assets:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Land, land improvements and mineral rights	$	1,388	$	1,389
Buildings	935		946
Equipment	9,701		9,680
Other	314		302
Construction in progress	625		590
Total property, plant and equipment1	12,963		12,907
Allowance for depreciation and depletion	(4,192)		(4,012)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	8,771	$	8,895
1 Includes right-of-use assets related to finance leases of $315 million and $306 million as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

We recorded depreciation and depletion expense of $227 million and $239 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

During the three months ended March 31, 2024, we announced the indefinite idle of our Weirton tinplate production plant, which resulted in a $46 million impairment charge to Property, plant and equipment, net.

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

NOTE 6 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

GOODWILL

The following is a summary of Goodwill by segment:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Steelmaking	$	956	$	956
Other Businesses	49		49
Total goodwill	$	1,005	$	1,005

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The following is a summary of our intangible assets and liabilities:

	March 31, 2024						December 31, 2023
(In millions)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount
Intangible assets1:
Customer relationships	$	90	$	(20)	$	70	$	90	$	(18)	$	72
Developed technology	60		(15)		45		60		(14)		46
Trade names and trademarks	18		(5)		13		18		(5)		13
Mining permits	72		(28)		44		72		(28)		44
Supplier relationships	29		(4)		25		29		(3)		26
Total intangible assets	$	269	$	(72)	$	197	$	269	$	(68)	$	201
Intangible liabilities2:
Above-market supply contracts	$	(71)	$	25	$	(46)	$	(71)	$	24	$	(47)
1 Intangible assets are classified as Other non-current assets. Amortization related to mining permits is recognized in Cost of goods sold. Amortization of all other intangible assets is recognized in Selling, general and administrative expenses.
2 Intangible liabilities are classified as Other non-current liabilities. Amortization of all intangible liabilities is recognized in Cost of goods sold.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $4 million for both the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023. Estimated future amortization expense is $9 million for the remainder of 2024 and $13 million annually for the years 2025 through 2029.

Income from amortization related to the intangible liabilities was $1 million for both the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023. Estimated future income from amortization is $4 million for the remainder of 2024 and $5 million annually for the years 2025 through 2029.

XML

DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES

NOTE 7 - DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES

The following represents a summary of our long-term debt:

(In millions)
Debt Instrument	Issuer1	Annual Effective Interest Rate	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Senior Secured Notes:
6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes	Cliffs	6.990%	$	189	$	829
Senior Unsecured Notes:
7.000% 2027 Senior Notes	Cliffs	9.240%	73		73
7.000% 2027 AK Senior Notes	AK Steel	9.240%	56		56
5.875% 2027 Senior Notes	Cliffs	6.490%	556		556
4.625% 2029 Senior Notes	Cliffs	4.625%	368		368
6.750% 2030 Senior Notes	Cliffs	6.750%	750		750
4.875% 2031 Senior Notes	Cliffs	4.875%	325		325
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes	Cliffs	7.000%	825		—
6.250% 2040 Senior Notes	Cliffs	6.340%	235		235
ABL Facility	Cliffs2	Variable3	342		—
Total principal amount			3,719		3,192
Unamortized discounts and issuance costs			(55)		(55)
Total long-term debt			$	3,664	$	3,137
1 Unless otherwise noted, references in this column and throughout this NOTE 7 - DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES to "Cliffs" are to Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., and references to "AK Steel" are to AK Steel Corporation (n/k/a Cleveland-Cliffs Steel Corporation).
2 Refers to Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. as borrower under our ABL Facility.
3 Our ABL Facility annual effective interest rate was 6.776% as of March 31, 2024.

7.000% 2032 SENIOR NOTES OFFERING

On March 18, 2024, we entered into an indenture among Cliffs, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, relating to the issuance of $825 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes, which were issued at par. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes were issued in a private placement transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.000% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2024. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes mature on March 15, 2032.

The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes are unsecured senior obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our material direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes.

The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time at our option not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after prior notice is sent to the holders of the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes are redeemable prior to March 15, 2027, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus a "make-whole" premium set forth in the indenture. We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes prior to March 15, 2027, at a redemption price equal to 107.000% of the principal amount thereof with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings. The 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes are redeemable beginning on March 15, 2027, at a redemption price equal to 103.500% of the principal amount thereof, decreasing to 101.750% on March 15, 2028, and are redeemable at par beginning on March 15, 2029. In each case, we pay the applicable redemption or "make-whole" premiums plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption.

In addition, if a change in control triggering event, as defined in the indenture, occurs with respect to the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes, we will be required to offer to repurchase the notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase.

The terms of the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes contain certain customary covenants; however, there are no financial covenants.

DEBT EXTINGUISHMENTS

On March 18, 2024, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance to repurchase $640 million in aggregate principal amount of our 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes pursuant to a tender offer. On April 3, 2024, we redeemed the remaining $189 million in aggregate principal amount of our then-outstanding 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes with the remaining portion of the net proceeds from the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance and available liquidity.

ABL FACILITY

As of March 31, 2024, we were in compliance with the ABL Facility liquidity requirements and, therefore, the springing financial covenant requiring a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 was not applicable.

The following represents a summary of our borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024
Available borrowing base on ABL Facility1	$	4,398
Borrowings	(342)
Letter of credit obligations2	(56)
Borrowing capacity available	$	4,000
1 As of March 31, 2024, the ABL Facility has a maximum available borrowing base of $4.75 billion. The borrowing base is determined by applying customary advance rates to eligible accounts receivable, inventory and certain mobile equipment.
2 We issued standby letters of credit with certain financial institutions in order to support business obligations, including, but not limited to, operating agreements, employee severance, environmental obligations, workers' compensation and insurance obligations.

DEBT MATURITIES

The following represents a summary of our maturities of debt instruments based on the principal amounts outstanding at March 31, 2024 (in millions):

2024		2025		2026		2027		2028		Thereafter		Total
$	—	$	—	$	189	$	685	$	342	$	2,503	$	3,719

XML

PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Postemployment Benefits [Abstract]

PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

NOTE 8 - PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

We offer defined benefit pension plans, defined contribution pension plans and OPEB plans to a significant portion of our employees and retirees. Benefits are also provided through multiemployer plans for certain union members.

The following are the components of defined benefit pension and OPEB costs (credits):

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION COSTS (CREDITS)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Service cost	$	7	$	8
Interest cost	55		59
Expected return on plan assets	(80)		(79)
Amortization:
Prior service costs	4		4
Net actuarial loss	—		1
Net periodic benefit credits	$	(14)	$	(7)

OPEB COSTS (CREDITS)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Service cost	$	2	$	2
Interest cost	12		16
Expected return on plan assets	(11)		(11)
Termination benefits1	2		—
Amortization:
Prior service credits	(4)		(4)
Net actuarial gain	(38)		(36)
Net periodic benefit credits	$	(37)	$	(33)
1 The termination benefits relate to the announcement of the indefinite idle of our Weirton tinplate production plant.

Based on funding requirements, we made nominal defined benefit pension contributions for both the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023. Based on funding requirements, we made no contributions to our voluntary employee benefit association trust plans for both the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023.

XML

INCOME TAXES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES

Our effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2024 is 13%, compared to 23% for the three months ended March 31, 2023. The change in the effective tax rate, as compared to the prior comparable period, is primarily related to depletion in excess of state income tax expense and the impact of immaterial discrete items relative to pre-tax income.

XML

ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Asset Retirement Obligation [Abstract]

ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS

NOTE 10 - ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS

The accrued closure obligation provides for contractual and legal obligations related to our indefinitely idled and closed operations and for the eventual closure of our active operations. The closure date for each of our active mine sites was determined based on the exhaustion date of the remaining mineral reserves, and the amortization of the related asset and accretion of the liability is recognized over the estimated mine lives. The closure date and expected timing of the capital requirements to meet our obligations for our indefinitely idled or closed mines is determined based on the unique circumstances of each property. For indefinitely idled or closed mines, the accretion of the liability is recognized over the anticipated timing of remediation. Asset retirement obligations at our active steelmaking operations primarily include the closure and post-closure care for on-site landfills and other waste containment facilities. Asset retirement obligations have been recorded at present values using settlement dates based on when we expect these facilities to reach capacity and close.

The following is a summary of our asset retirement obligations:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Asset retirement obligations1	$	510	$	459
Less: current portion	61		15
Long-term asset retirement obligations	$	449	$	444
1 Includes $263 million and $259 million related to our active operations as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

The following is a roll-forward of our asset retirement obligations:

(In millions)	2024		2023
Asset retirement obligations as of January 1	$	459	$	520
Accretion expense	5		8
Revision in estimated cash flows	48		—
Remediation payments	(2)		(4)
Asset retirement obligations as of March 31	$	510	$	524

During the first quarter of 2024, we announced the indefinite idle of our Weirton tinplate production plant, resulting in an increase to our asset retirement obligations as a result of acceleration of the timing and refinement in the cost of required remediation.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

NOTE 11 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The carrying values of certain financial instruments (e.g., Accounts receivable, net, Accounts payable and Other current liabilities) approximate fair value and, therefore, have been excluded from the table below. See NOTE 12 - DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING for information on our derivative instruments, which are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis.

A summary of the carrying value and fair value of other financial instruments were as follows:

		March 31, 2024				December 31, 2023
(In millions)	Valuation Hierarchy Classification	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
Senior notes	Level 1	$	3,322	$	3,323	$	3,137	$	3,118
ABL Facility - outstanding balance	Level 2	342		342		—		—
Total		$	3,664	$	3,665	$	3,137	$	3,118

The valuation of the financial asset classified in Level 2 was determined using a market approach based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or other inputs that were observable.

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING

NOTE 12 - DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING

We are exposed to fluctuations in market prices of raw materials and energy sources. We may use cash-settled commodity swaps to hedge the market risk associated with the purchase of certain of our raw materials and energy requirements. Our hedging strategy is to reduce the effect on earnings from the price volatility of these various commodity exposures, including timing differences between when we incur raw material commodity costs and when we receive sales surcharges from our customers based on those raw materials.

Our commodity contracts are designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes, and we record the gains and losses for the derivatives in Accumulated other comprehensive income until we reclassify them into Cost of goods sold when we recognize the associated underlying operating costs. Refer to NOTE 14 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME for further information.

Our commodity contracts are classified as Level 2 as values were determined using a market approach based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or other inputs that were observable.

The following table presents the notional amount of our outstanding hedge contracts:

			Notional Amount
Commodity Contracts	Unit of Measure	Maturity Dates	March 31, 2024	December 31, 2023
Natural Gas	MMBtu	April 2024 - November 2026	167,430,000	168,590,000
Electricity	Megawatt hours	April 2024 - April 2027	3,634,635	3,501,898

As of March 31, 2024, we expect to reclassify $149 million of net losses related to our hedge contracts from Accumulated other comprehensive income into Cost of goods sold during the next 12 months.

The following table presents the fair value of our outstanding cash flow hedges and the classification in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position:

Balance Sheet Location (In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Other current assets	$	1	$	—
Other non-current assets	4		1
Other current liabilities	(102)		(105)
Other non-current liabilities	(32)		(52)

XML

CAPITAL STOCK

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

CAPITAL STOCK

NOTE 13 - CAPITAL STOCK

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

On February 10, 2022, our Board of Directors authorized a program to repurchase outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which may include purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans or accelerated share repurchases, up to a maximum of $1 billion. As of March 31, 2024, we have fully utilized the $1 billion share repurchase authorization. During the three months ended March 31, 2024, we repurchased 30.4 million common shares at a cost of $608 million, excluding any excise tax due under the Inflation Reduction Act. During the three months ended March 31, 2023, we had no share buybacks.

PREFERRED STOCK

We have 3 million shares of Serial Preferred Stock, Class A, without par value, authorized and 4 million shares of Serial Preferred Stock, Class B, without par value, authorized. No preferred shares are issued or outstanding.

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Equity [Abstract]

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

NOTE 14 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The components of Accumulated other comprehensive income within Cliffs shareholders’ equity and related tax effects allocated to each are shown below:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Foreign Currency Translation
Beginning balance	$	—	$	(1)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	(1)		—
Ending balance	$	(1)	$	(1)
Derivative Instruments
Beginning balance	$	(170)	$	(16)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	(33)		(177)
Income tax	8		44
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax	(25)		(133)
Losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI to net loss1	59		(25)
Income tax expense (benefit)2	(14)		6
Net losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI to net loss	45		(19)
Ending balance	$	(150)	$	(168)
Pension and OPEB
Beginning balance	$	1,827	$	1,847
Gains reclassified from AOCI to net loss3	(38)		(35)
Income tax expense2	10		8
Net gains reclassified from AOCI to net loss	(28)		(27)
Ending balance	$	1,799	$	1,820
Total AOCI Ending Balance	$	1,648	$	1,651
1 Amounts recognized in Cost of goods sold in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations.
2 Amounts recognized in Income tax benefit in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations.
3 Amounts recognized in Net periodic benefit credits other than service cost component in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations.

XML

VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

NOTE 15 - VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

SUNCOKE MIDDLETOWN

We purchase all the coke and electrical power generated from SunCoke Middletown’s plant under long-term supply agreements and have committed to purchase all the expected production from the facility through 2032. We consolidate SunCoke Middletown as a VIE because we are the primary beneficiary despite having no ownership interest in SunCoke Middletown. SunCoke Middletown had income before income taxes of $15 million and $17 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, that was included in our consolidated income before income taxes. Additionally, SunCoke Middletown had cash used for capital expenditures of $4 million and $5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Cash used for capital expenditures are included in our consolidated Purchase of property, plant and equipment on the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Cash Flows.

The assets of the consolidated VIE can only be used to settle the obligations of the consolidated VIE and not obligations of the Company. The creditors of SunCoke Middletown do not have recourse to the assets or general credit of the Company to satisfy liabilities of the VIE. The Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position includes the following amounts for SunCoke Middletown:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Inventories	$	32	$	29
Property, plant and equipment, net	286		288
Accounts payable	(18)		(26)
Other assets (liabilities), net	(41)		(39)
Noncontrolling interests	(259)		(252)

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

EARNINGS PER SHARE

NOTE 16 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted EPS:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions, except per share amounts)	2024		2023
Loss from continuing operations	$	(53)	$	(43)
Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests	(14)		(15)
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Cliffs shareholders	(67)		(58)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	—		1
Net loss attributable to Cliffs shareholders	$	(67)	$	(57)
Weighted average number of shares:
Basic	492		515
Employee stock plans1	—		—
Diluted	492		515
Loss per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - basic:
Continuing operations	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Discontinued operations	—		—
	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Loss per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - diluted:
Continuing operations	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Discontinued operations	—		—
	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
1 For the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, we had 2 million and 1 million shares, respectively, related to employee stock plans that were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation as they were anti-dilutive.

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

NOTE 17 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

PURCHASE COMMITMENTS

We purchase portions of the principal raw materials required for our steel manufacturing operations under annual and multi-year agreements, some of which have minimum quantity requirements. We also use large volumes of natural gas, electricity and industrial gases in our steel manufacturing operations. We negotiate most of our purchases of chrome, industrial gases and a portion of our electricity under multi-year agreements. Our purchases of coke are made under annual or multi-year agreements with periodic price adjustments. We typically purchase coal under annual fixed-price agreements. We also purchase certain transportation services under multi-year contracts with minimum quantity requirements.

OTHER COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

We use surety bonds and letters of credit to provide financial assurance for certain obligations and statutory requirements. As of March 31, 2024, we had $258 million of surety-backed letters of credit and surety bonds outstanding. Additionally, as of March 31, 2024, we had $56 million of outstanding letters of credit issued under our ABL Facility.

CONTINGENCIES

We are currently the subject of, or party to, various claims and legal proceedings incidental to our current and historical operations. These claims and legal proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties and unfavorable rulings could occur. An unfavorable ruling could include monetary damages, additional funding requirements or an injunction. If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations for the period in which the ruling occurs or future periods. However, based on currently available information, we do not believe that any pending claims or legal proceedings will result in a material adverse effect in relation to our consolidated financial statements.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTINGENCIES

Although we believe our operating practices have been consistent with prevailing industry standards, hazardous materials may have been released at operating sites or third-party sites in the past, including operating sites that we no longer own. If we reasonably can, we estimate potential remediation expenditures for those sites where future remediation efforts are probable based on identified conditions, regulatory requirements, or contractual obligations arising from the sale of a business or facility. For sites involving government required investigations, we typically make an estimate of potential remediation expenditures only after the investigation is complete and when we better understand the nature and scope of the remediation. In general, the material factors in these estimates include the costs associated with investigations, delineations, risk assessments, remedial work, governmental response and oversight, site monitoring, and preparation of reports to the appropriate environmental agencies.

The following is a summary of our environmental obligations:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Environmental obligations	$	134	$	134
Less: current portion	21		21
Long-term environmental obligations	$	113	$	113

We cannot predict the ultimate costs for each site with certainty because of the evolving nature of the investigation and remediation process. Rather, to estimate the probable costs, we must make certain assumptions. The most significant of these assumptions is for the nature and scope of the work that will be necessary to investigate and remediate a particular site and the cost of that work. Other significant assumptions include the cleanup technology that will be used, whether and to what extent any other parties will participate in paying the investigation and remediation costs, reimbursement of past response costs and future oversight costs by governmental agencies, and the reaction of the governing environmental agencies to the proposed work plans. Costs for future investigation and remediation are not discounted to their present value, unless the amount and timing of the cash disbursements are readily known. To the extent that we have been able to reasonably estimate future liabilities, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that we will incur a loss or losses that exceed the amounts we accrued for the environmental matters discussed below that would, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, since we recognize amounts in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP that exclude potential losses that are not probable or that may not be currently estimable, the ultimate costs of these environmental matters may be higher than the liabilities we currently have recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, which governs the treatment, handling and disposal of hazardous waste, the EPA and authorized state environmental agencies may conduct inspections of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act-regulated facilities to identify areas where there have been releases of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents into the environment and may order the facilities to take corrective action to remediate such releases. Likewise, the EPA or the states may require closure or post-closure care of residual, industrial and hazardous waste management units. Environmental regulators have the authority to inspect all of our facilities. While we cannot predict the future actions of these regulators, it is possible that they may identify conditions in future inspections of these facilities that they believe require corrective action.

Pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the EPA and state environmental authorities have conducted site investigations at some of our facilities and other third-party facilities, portions of which previously may have been used for disposal of materials that are currently regulated. The results of these investigations are still pending, and we could be directed to spend funds for remedial activities at the former disposal areas. Because of the uncertain status of these investigations, however, we cannot reasonably predict whether or when such spending might be required or its magnitude.

In addition to the foregoing matters, we are or may be involved in proceedings with various regulatory authorities that may require us to pay fines, comply with more rigorous standards or other requirements or incur capital and operating expenses for environmental compliance. We believe that the ultimate disposition of any such proceedings will not have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

TAX MATTERS

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. If we ultimately determine that payment of these amounts is unnecessary, we reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit during the period in which we determine that the liability is no longer necessary. We also recognize tax benefits to the extent that it is more likely than not that our positions will be sustained when challenged by the taxing authorities. To the extent we prevail in matters for which liabilities have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our liabilities, our effective tax rate in a given period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would require use of our cash and result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the year of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the year of resolution.

OTHER CONTINGENCIES

In addition to the matters discussed above, there are various pending and potential claims against us and our subsidiaries involving product liability, personal injury, commercial, employee benefits and other matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Because of the considerable uncertainties that exist for any claim, it is difficult to reliably or accurately estimate what the amount of a loss would be if a claimant prevails. If material assumptions or factual understandings we rely on to evaluate exposure for these contingencies prove to be inaccurate or otherwise change, we may be required to record a liability for an adverse outcome. If, however, we have reasonably evaluated potential future liabilities for all of these contingencies, including those described more specifically above, it is our opinion, unless we otherwise noted, that the ultimate liability from these contingencies, individually or in the aggregate, should not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

NOTE 18 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 3, 2024, we redeemed the remaining $189 million in aggregate principal amount of our then-outstanding 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes with the remaining portion of the net proceeds from the 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes issuance and available liquidity.

Effective April 22, 2024, our Board of Directors authorized a new program to repurchase outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which may include purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans or accelerated share repurchases, up to a maximum of $1.5 billion.

XML

Pay vs Performance Disclosure - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Pay vs Performance Disclosure
Net Income (Loss)	$ (67)	$ (57)

XML

Insider Trading Arrangements	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024
Trading Arrangements, by Individual
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Basis of Consolidation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements consolidate our accounts and the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries, all subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest and VIEs for which we are the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated upon consolidation.

Investment in Affiliates

We have investments in several businesses accounted for using the equity method of accounting. These investments are included within our Steelmaking segment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-04, Liabilities - Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations. This guidance requires annual and interim disclosure of the key terms of outstanding supplier finance programs and a roll-forward of the related obligations. The new standard does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation of the supplier finance program obligations. We have adopted this standard, except for the amendment on roll-forward information, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. Refer to NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION for further information.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This guidance requires additional annual and interim disclosures for reportable segments. This new standard does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This guidance requires additional annual and interim disclosures for income taxes. This new standard does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.

XML

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Schedule of Allowance for Credit Losses

The following is a roll-forward of our allowance for credit losses associated with Accounts receivable, net:

(In millions)	2024		2023
Allowance for credit losses as of January 1	$	(5)	$	(4)
Increase in allowance	—		(1)
Allowance for credit losses as of March 31	$	(5)	$	(5)

Schedule of Inventory

The following table presents the detail of our Inventories on the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Product inventories
Finished and semi-finished goods	$	2,500	$	2,573
Raw materials	1,535		1,476
Total product inventories	4,035		4,049
Manufacturing supplies and critical spares	414		411
Inventories	$	4,449	$	4,460

Schedule of Supplemental Cash Flow Information

A reconciliation of capital additions to cash paid for capital expenditures is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Capital additions	$	157	$	128
Less:
Non-cash accruals	(45)		(76)
Right-of-use assets - finance leases	20		16
Cash paid for capital expenditures including deposits	$	182	$	188

Cash payments (receipts) for income taxes and interest are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Income taxes paid	$	1	$	1
Income tax refunds	(2)		(26)
Interest paid on debt obligations net of capitalized interest1	53		79
1 Capitalized interest was $4 million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

XML

REVENUES (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]

Revenues by Market and Product Line

The following table represents our Revenues by market:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Steelmaking:
Direct automotive	$	1,617	$	1,870
Infrastructure and manufacturing	1,392		1,297
Distributors and converters	1,412		1,258
Steel producers	606		701
Total Steelmaking	5,027		5,126
Other Businesses:
Direct automotive	140		139
Infrastructure and manufacturing	10		10
Distributors and converters	22		20
Total Other Businesses	172		169
Total revenues	$	5,199	$	5,295

The following tables represent our Revenues by product line:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Steelmaking:
Hot-rolled steel	$	1,128	$	1,121
Cold-rolled steel	749		639
Coated steel	1,623		1,617
Stainless and electrical steel	461		574
Plate	333		331
Slab and other steel products	335		327
Other	398		517
Total Steelmaking	5,027		5,126
Other Businesses:
Other	172		169
Total revenues	$	5,199	$	5,295

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule Of Segment Reporting Information

Our results by segment are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Revenues:
Steelmaking	$	5,027	$	5,126
Other Businesses	172		169
Total revenues	$	5,199	$	5,295
Adjusted EBITDA:
Steelmaking	$	395	$	240
Other Businesses	17		8
Eliminations	2		(5)
Total Adjusted EBITDA	$	414	$	243

The following table provides a reconciliation of our consolidated Net loss to total Adjusted EBITDA:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Net loss	$	(53)	$	(42)
Less:
Interest expense, net	(64)		(77)
Income tax benefit	8		13
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	(230)		(242)
	233		264
Less:
EBITDA of noncontrolling interests1	21		23
Weirton indefinite idle2	(177)		—
Loss on extinguishment of debt	(21)		—
Other, net	(4)		(2)
Total Adjusted EBITDA	$	414	$	243
1 EBITDA of noncontrolling interests includes the following:
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	$	14	$	15
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	7		8
EBITDA of noncontrolling interests	$	21	$	23
2 Refer to NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION for further information.

The following table summarizes our depreciation, depletion and amortization and capital additions by segment:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Depreciation, depletion and amortization:
Steelmaking	$	(222)	$	(231)
Other Businesses	(8)		(11)
Total depreciation, depletion and amortization	$	(230)	$	(242)
Capital additions1:
Steelmaking	$	156	$	127
Other Businesses	1		1
Total capital additions	$	157	$	128
1 Refer to NOTE 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION for additional information.

Reconciliation of Assets from Segment to Consolidated

The following summarizes our assets by segment:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Assets:
Steelmaking	$	16,738	$	16,880
Other Businesses	658		657
Intersegment eliminations	(505)		(507)
Total segment assets	16,891		17,030
Corporate	345		507
Total assets	$	17,236	$	17,537

XML

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Value Of Each Of The Major Classes Of Consolidated Depreciable Assets

The following table indicates the carrying value of each of the major classes of our depreciable assets:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Land, land improvements and mineral rights	$	1,388	$	1,389
Buildings	935		946
Equipment	9,701		9,680
Other	314		302
Construction in progress	625		590
Total property, plant and equipment1	12,963		12,907
Allowance for depreciation and depletion	(4,192)		(4,012)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	8,771	$	8,895
1 Includes right-of-use assets related to finance leases of $315 million and $306 million as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Goodwill

The following is a summary of Goodwill by segment:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Steelmaking	$	956	$	956
Other Businesses	49		49
Total goodwill	$	1,005	$	1,005

Schedule of Intangible Assets and Liabilities

The following is a summary of our intangible assets and liabilities:

	March 31, 2024						December 31, 2023
(In millions)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount
Intangible assets1:
Customer relationships	$	90	$	(20)	$	70	$	90	$	(18)	$	72
Developed technology	60		(15)		45		60		(14)		46
Trade names and trademarks	18		(5)		13		18		(5)		13
Mining permits	72		(28)		44		72		(28)		44
Supplier relationships	29		(4)		25		29		(3)		26
Total intangible assets	$	269	$	(72)	$	197	$	269	$	(68)	$	201
Intangible liabilities2:
Above-market supply contracts	$	(71)	$	25	$	(46)	$	(71)	$	24	$	(47)
1 Intangible assets are classified as Other non-current assets. Amortization related to mining permits is recognized in Cost of goods sold. Amortization of all other intangible assets is recognized in Selling, general and administrative expenses.
2 Intangible liabilities are classified as Other non-current liabilities. Amortization of all intangible liabilities is recognized in Cost of goods sold.

XML

DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Long-Term Debt

The following represents a summary of our long-term debt:

(In millions)
Debt Instrument	Issuer1	Annual Effective Interest Rate	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Senior Secured Notes:
6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes	Cliffs	6.990%	$	189	$	829
Senior Unsecured Notes:
7.000% 2027 Senior Notes	Cliffs	9.240%	73		73
7.000% 2027 AK Senior Notes	AK Steel	9.240%	56		56
5.875% 2027 Senior Notes	Cliffs	6.490%	556		556
4.625% 2029 Senior Notes	Cliffs	4.625%	368		368
6.750% 2030 Senior Notes	Cliffs	6.750%	750		750
4.875% 2031 Senior Notes	Cliffs	4.875%	325		325
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes	Cliffs	7.000%	825		—
6.250% 2040 Senior Notes	Cliffs	6.340%	235		235
ABL Facility	Cliffs2	Variable3	342		—
Total principal amount			3,719		3,192
Unamortized discounts and issuance costs			(55)		(55)
Total long-term debt			$	3,664	$	3,137
1 Unless otherwise noted, references in this column and throughout this NOTE 7 - DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES to "Cliffs" are to Cleveland-Cliffs Inc., and references to "AK Steel" are to AK Steel Corporation (n/k/a Cleveland-Cliffs Steel Corporation).
2 Refers to Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. as borrower under our ABL Facility.
3 Our ABL Facility annual effective interest rate was 6.776% as of March 31, 2024.

The following represents a summary of our borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024
Available borrowing base on ABL Facility1	$	4,398
Borrowings	(342)
Letter of credit obligations2	(56)
Borrowing capacity available	$	4,000
1 As of March 31, 2024, the ABL Facility has a maximum available borrowing base of $4.75 billion. The borrowing base is determined by applying customary advance rates to eligible accounts receivable, inventory and certain mobile equipment.
2 We issued standby letters of credit with certain financial institutions in order to support business obligations, including, but not limited to, operating agreements, employee severance, environmental obligations, workers' compensation and insurance obligations.

Schedule of Maturities of Long-term Debt

The following represents a summary of our maturities of debt instruments based on the principal amounts outstanding at March 31, 2024 (in millions):

2024		2025		2026		2027		2028		Thereafter		Total
$	—	$	—	$	189	$	685	$	342	$	2,503	$	3,719

XML

PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Postemployment Benefits [Abstract]

Schedule of Net Benefit Costs

The following are the components of defined benefit pension and OPEB costs (credits):

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION COSTS (CREDITS)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Service cost	$	7	$	8
Interest cost	55		59
Expected return on plan assets	(80)		(79)
Amortization:
Prior service costs	4		4
Net actuarial loss	—		1
Net periodic benefit credits	$	(14)	$	(7)

OPEB COSTS (CREDITS)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Service cost	$	2	$	2
Interest cost	12		16
Expected return on plan assets	(11)		(11)
Termination benefits1	2		—
Amortization:
Prior service credits	(4)		(4)
Net actuarial gain	(38)		(36)
Net periodic benefit credits	$	(37)	$	(33)
1 The termination benefits relate to the announcement of the indefinite idle of our Weirton tinplate production plant.

XML

ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Asset Retirement Obligation [Abstract]

Summary of Asset Retirement Obligations

The following is a summary of our asset retirement obligations:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Asset retirement obligations1	$	510	$	459
Less: current portion	61		15
Long-term asset retirement obligations	$	449	$	444
1 Includes $263 million and $259 million related to our active operations as of March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

Schedule of Change in Asset Retirement Obligation

The following is a roll-forward of our asset retirement obligations:

(In millions)	2024		2023
Asset retirement obligations as of January 1	$	459	$	520
Accretion expense	5		8
Revision in estimated cash flows	48		—
Remediation payments	(2)		(4)
Asset retirement obligations as of March 31	$	510	$	524

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of Carrying Value and Fair Value Of Financial Instruments

A summary of the carrying value and fair value of other financial instruments were as follows:

		March 31, 2024				December 31, 2023
(In millions)	Valuation Hierarchy Classification	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
Senior notes	Level 1	$	3,322	$	3,323	$	3,137	$	3,118
ABL Facility - outstanding balance	Level 2	342		342		—		—
Total		$	3,664	$	3,665	$	3,137	$	3,118

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Notional Amounts of Outstanding Derivative Positions

The following table presents the notional amount of our outstanding hedge contracts:

			Notional Amount
Commodity Contracts	Unit of Measure	Maturity Dates	March 31, 2024	December 31, 2023
Natural Gas	MMBtu	April 2024 - November 2026	167,430,000	168,590,000
Electricity	Megawatt hours	April 2024 - April 2027	3,634,635	3,501,898

Schedule of Derivative Instruments in Statement of Financial Position, Fair Value

The following table presents the fair value of our outstanding cash flow hedges and the classification in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position:

Balance Sheet Location (In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Other current assets	$	1	$	—
Other non-current assets	4		1
Other current liabilities	(102)		(105)
Other non-current liabilities	(32)		(52)

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Equity [Abstract]

Schedule of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of Accumulated other comprehensive income within Cliffs shareholders’ equity and related tax effects allocated to each are shown below:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2024		2023
Foreign Currency Translation
Beginning balance	$	—	$	(1)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	(1)		—
Ending balance	$	(1)	$	(1)
Derivative Instruments
Beginning balance	$	(170)	$	(16)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	(33)		(177)
Income tax	8		44
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax	(25)		(133)
Losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI to net loss1	59		(25)
Income tax expense (benefit)2	(14)		6
Net losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI to net loss	45		(19)
Ending balance	$	(150)	$	(168)
Pension and OPEB
Beginning balance	$	1,827	$	1,847
Gains reclassified from AOCI to net loss3	(38)		(35)
Income tax expense2	10		8
Net gains reclassified from AOCI to net loss	(28)		(27)
Ending balance	$	1,799	$	1,820
Total AOCI Ending Balance	$	1,648	$	1,651
1 Amounts recognized in Cost of goods sold in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations.
2 Amounts recognized in Income tax benefit in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations.
3 Amounts recognized in Net periodic benefit credits other than service cost component in the Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Operations.

XML

VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Schedule of Variable Interest Entities

The Statements of Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Position includes the following amounts for SunCoke Middletown:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Inventories	$	32	$	29
Property, plant and equipment, net	286		288
Accounts payable	(18)		(26)
Other assets (liabilities), net	(41)		(39)
Noncontrolling interests	(259)		(252)

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share Computation

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted EPS:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions, except per share amounts)	2024		2023
Loss from continuing operations	$	(53)	$	(43)
Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests	(14)		(15)
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Cliffs shareholders	(67)		(58)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	—		1
Net loss attributable to Cliffs shareholders	$	(67)	$	(57)
Weighted average number of shares:
Basic	492		515
Employee stock plans1	—		—
Diluted	492		515
Loss per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - basic:
Continuing operations	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Discontinued operations	—		—
	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Loss per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - diluted:
Continuing operations	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
Discontinued operations	—		—
	$	(0.14)	$	(0.11)
1 For the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023, we had 2 million and 1 million shares, respectively, related to employee stock plans that were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation as they were anti-dilutive.

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2024

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Environmental Obligations

The following is a summary of our environmental obligations:

(In millions)	March 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
Environmental obligations	$	134	$	134
Less: current portion	21		21
Long-term environmental obligations	$	113	$	113

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Narrative (Details) Employee in Thousands, $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($) Employee segment	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($)
Schedule of Equity Method Investments [Line Items]
Number of employees | Employee	28
Number of operating segments	4
Number of reportable segments	1
Other non-current assets
Schedule of Equity Method Investments [Line Items]
Investment in affiliates | $	$ 118	$ 123

XML

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION - Allowance for Credit Losses (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Accounts Receivable, Allowance for Credit Loss [Roll Forward]
Allowance for credit losses as of beginning of period	$ (5)	$ (4)
Increase in allowance	0	(1)
Allowance for credit losses as of end of period	$ (5)	$ (5)

XML

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION - Inventories (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Finished and semi-finished goods	$ 2,500	$ 2,573
Raw materials	1,535	1,476
Total product inventories	4,035	4,049
Manufacturing supplies and critical spares	414	411
Inventories	$ 4,449	$ 4,460

XML

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2023
Supplier Finance Program [Line Items]
Restructuring and other charges	$ 104	$ 0
Asset Impairment Charges	64	$ 0
Other current liabilities
Supplier Finance Program [Line Items]
Supplier financings	25		$ 21
Accounts payable
Supplier Finance Program [Line Items]
Supplier financings	$ 89		$ 91

XML

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION - Cash Flow Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Capital additions	$ 157	$ 128
Non-cash accruals	(45)	(76)
Right-of-use assets - finance leases	20	16
Cash paid for capital expenditures including deposits	182	188
Income taxes paid	1	1
Income tax refunds	(2)	(26)
Interest paid on debt obligations net of capitalized interest	53	79
Capitalized interest	$ 4	$ 3

XML

REVENUES - Revenues By Market (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 5,199	$ 5,295
Steelmaking
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	5,027	5,126
Other Businesses
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	172	169
Direct automotive | Steelmaking
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	1,617	1,870
Direct automotive | Other Businesses
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	140	139
Infrastructure and manufacturing | Steelmaking
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	1,392	1,297
Infrastructure and manufacturing | Other Businesses
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	10	10
Distributors and converters | Steelmaking
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	1,412	1,258
Distributors and converters | Other Businesses
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	22	20
Steel producers | Steelmaking
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 606	$ 701

XML

REVENUES - Revenues By Product Line (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 5,199	$ 5,295
Steelmaking
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	5,027	5,126
Steelmaking | Hot-rolled steel
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	1,128	1,121
Steelmaking | Cold-rolled steel
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	749	639
Steelmaking | Coated steel
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	1,623	1,617
Steelmaking | Stainless and electrical steel
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	461	574
Steelmaking | Plate
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	333	331
Steelmaking | Slab and other steel products
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	335	327
Steelmaking | Other
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	398	517
Other Businesses
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	172	169
Other Businesses | Other
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 172	$ 169

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING - Results by Segment (Details) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($) segment	Mar. 31, 2023 USD ($)
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Number of operating segments | segment	4
Number of reportable segments | segment	1
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 5,199	$ 5,295
Adjusted EBITDA	414	243
Eliminations
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Adjusted EBITDA	2	(5)
Steelmaking
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	5,027	5,126
Steelmaking | Operating Segments
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Adjusted EBITDA	395	240
Other Businesses
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	172	169
Other Businesses | Operating Segments
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Adjusted EBITDA	$ 17	$ 8

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING - Net Income (Loss) to Total Adjusted EBITDA (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net loss	$ (53)	$ (42)
Interest expense, net	(64)	(77)
Income tax benefit	8	13
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	(230)	(242)
EBITDA	233	264
Loss on extinguishment of debt	(21)	0
Adjusted EBITDA	414	243
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	14	15
EBITDA Calculation
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Interest expense, net	(64)	(77)
Income tax benefit	8	13
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	(230)	(242)
Adjusted EBITDA Calculation
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
EBITDA of noncontrolling interests	21	23
Weirton indefinite idle	(177)	0
Loss on extinguishment of debt	(21)	0
Other, net	(4)	(2)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	14	15
Depreciation, depletion and amortization attributable to noncontrolling interests	$ 7	$ 8

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING - Segment Reporting Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	$ (230)	$ (242)
Capital additions	157	128
Steelmaking
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	(222)	(231)
Capital additions	156	127
Other Businesses
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	(8)	(11)
Capital additions	$ 1	$ 1

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING - Segment Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	$ 17,236	$ 17,537
Corporate
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	345	507
Operating Segments
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	16,891	17,030
Operating Segments | Steelmaking
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	16,738	16,880
Operating Segments | Other Businesses
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	658	657
Eliminations
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	$ (505)	$ (507)

XML

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2023
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	$ 12,963		$ 12,907
Allowance for depreciation and depletion	(4,192)		(4,012)
Property, plant and equipment, net	8,771		8,895
Finance lease, right-of-use asset	315		306
Depreciation and depletion expense	227	$ 239
Asset Impairment Charges	64	$ 0
Property, plant and equipment, net
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Asset Impairment Charges	46
Land, land improvements and mineral rights
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	1,388		1,389
Buildings
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	935		946
Equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	9,701		9,680
Other
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	314		302
Construction in progress
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	$ 625		$ 590

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES - Goodwill (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill	$ 1,005	$ 1,005
Steelmaking
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill	956	956
Other Businesses
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill	$ 49	$ 49

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES - Intangible Assets and Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	$ 269	$ 269
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Accumulated Amortization	(72)	(68)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net, Total	197	201
Above-market supply contracts, Gross Amount	(71)	(71)
Above-market supply contracts, Accumulated Amortization	25	24
Above-market supply contracts, Net	(46)	(47)
Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	90	90
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Accumulated Amortization	(20)	(18)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net, Total	70	72
Developed technology
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	60	60
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Accumulated Amortization	(15)	(14)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net, Total	45	46
Trade names and trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	18	18
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Accumulated Amortization	(5)	(5)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net, Total	13	13
Mining permits
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	72	72
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Accumulated Amortization	(28)	(28)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net, Total	44	44
Supplier relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	29	29
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Accumulated Amortization	(4)	(3)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net, Total	$ 25	$ 26

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES - Amortization of Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Amortization of Intangible Assets	$ 4	$ 4
Remainder of 2024	9
2025	13
2026	13
2027	13
2028	13
2029	$ 13

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES - Amortization of Intangible Liability (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Amortization of Intangible Liabilities	$ (1)	$ (1)
Remainder of 2024	(4)
2025	(5)
2026	(5)
2027	(5)
2028	(5)
2029	$ (5)

XML

DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES - Schedule Of Long-Term Debt (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 18, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 3,719		$ 3,192
Unamortized discounts and issuance costs	(55)		(55)
Long-term Debt	3,664		3,137
ABL Facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term Line of Credit	$ 342
Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate	6.75%
Annual Effective Interest Rate	6.99%
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 189		829
Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | 7.000% 2027 Senior Notes
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate	7.00%
Annual Effective Interest Rate	9.24%
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 73		73
Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | 5.875% 2027 Senior Notes
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate	5.875%
Annual Effective Interest Rate	6.49%
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 556		556
Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | 4.625% 2029 Senior Notes
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate	4.625%
Annual Effective Interest Rate	4.625%
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 368		368
Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | 6.750% 2030 Senior Notes
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate	6.75%
Annual Effective Interest Rate	6.75%
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 750		750
Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | 4.875% 2031 Senior Notes
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate	4.875%
Annual Effective Interest Rate	4.875%
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 325		325
Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | 7.000% 2032 Senior Notes
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate	7.00%
Annual Effective Interest Rate	7.00%
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 825	$ 825	0
Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | 6.250% 2040 Senior Notes
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate	6.25%
Annual Effective Interest Rate	6.34%
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 235		235
Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | ABL Facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Annual Effective Interest Rate	6.776%
Long-term Line of Credit	$ 342		0
AK Steel | 7.000% 2027 AK Senior Notes
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate	7.00%
Annual Effective Interest Rate	9.24%
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 56		$ 56

XML

DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES - Debt Redemption (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions			3 Months Ended
	Apr. 03, 2024	Mar. 18, 2024	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Debt Instrument, Redemption [Line Items]
Aggregate principal amount			$ 3,719	$ 3,192
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.
Debt Instrument, Redemption [Line Items]
Aggregate principal amount		$ 825	$ 825	0
Stated interest rate			7.00%
Repurchase price if triggering event occurs			101.00%
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | Minimum
Debt Instrument, Redemption [Line Items]
Redemption notice period			10 days
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | Maximum
Debt Instrument, Redemption [Line Items]
Redemption notice period			60 days
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes | Debt Instrument, Redemption, Period One | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.
Debt Instrument, Redemption [Line Items]
Redemption price percentage			100.00%
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes | Debt Instrument, Redemption, Period One, Upon Equity Issuance | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.
Debt Instrument, Redemption [Line Items]
Redemption price percentage			107.00%
Percentage of principal available for redemption			35.00%
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes | Debt Instrument, Redemption, Period Two | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.
Debt Instrument, Redemption [Line Items]
Redemption price percentage			103.50%
7.000% 2032 Senior Notes | Debt Instrument, Redemption, Period Three | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.
Debt Instrument, Redemption [Line Items]
Redemption price percentage			101.75%
6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.
Debt Instrument, Redemption [Line Items]
Aggregate principal amount			$ 189	$ 829
Stated interest rate			6.75%
Amount of debt extinguished		$ 640
6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. | Subsequent Event
Debt Instrument, Redemption [Line Items]
Amount of debt extinguished	$ 189

XML

DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES - ABL Facility (Details) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($)
ABL Facility
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Available borrowing base on ABL Facility	$ 4,398
Borrowings	(342)
Borrowing capacity available	4,000
Maximum borrowing capacity	$ 4,750
ABL Facility | Line of Credit
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio	1.0
Letter of Credit
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Borrowings	$ (56)

XML

DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES - Schedule of Debt Maturities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
2024	$ 0
2025	0
2026	189
2027	685
2028	342
Thereafter	2,503
Total maturities of debt	$ 3,719	$ 3,192

XML

PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS - Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Pension Plan
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Service cost	$ 7	$ 8
Interest cost	55	59
Expected return on plan assets	(80)	(79)
Prior service credits	4	4
Net actuarial loss (gain)	0	1
Net periodic benefit costs (credits)	(14)	(7)
Defined benefit pension contributions	0	0
Other Postretirement Benefit Plans, Defined Benefit
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Service cost	2	2
Interest cost	12	16
Expected return on plan assets	(11)	(11)
Termination benefits	2	0
Prior service credits	(4)	(4)
Net actuarial loss (gain)	(38)	(36)
Net periodic benefit costs (credits)	(37)	(33)
OPEB contributions	$ 0	$ 0

XML

INCOME TAXES - Narrative (Details)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Effective tax rate	13.00%	23.00%

XML

ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS - Summary Of Asset Retirement Obligations (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Environmental Exit Cost [Line Items]
Asset retirement obligations	$ 510	$ 459	$ 524	$ 520
Less: current portion	61	15
Long-term asset retirement obligations	449	444
Operating Segments
Environmental Exit Cost [Line Items]
Asset retirement obligations	$ 263	$ 259

XML

ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS - Asset Retirement Obligation Disclosure (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Asset Retirement Obligation [Roll Forward]
Asset retirement obligation at beginning of period	$ 459	$ 520
Accretion expense	5	8
Revision in estimated cash flows	48	0
Remediation payments	(2)	(4)
Asset retirement obligation at end of period	$ 510	$ 524

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS - Carrying Value And Fair Value Of Financial Instruments Disclosure (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Carrying Value
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Total	$ 3,664	$ 3,137
Fair Value
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Total	3,665	3,118
Senior notes | Carrying Value | Level 1
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Total	3,322	3,137
Senior notes | Fair Value | Level 1
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Total	3,323	3,118
Line of Credit | Carrying Value | Level 2 | ABL Facility
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Total	342	0
Line of Credit | Fair Value | Level 2 | ABL Facility
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Total	$ 342	$ 0

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING (Details) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($) MWh MMBtu	Dec. 31, 2023 MMBtu MWh
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosures [Line Items]
Reclassification of net losses | $	$ 149
Commodity Contract | Natural Gas
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosures [Line Items]
Notional Amount | MMBtu	167,430,000	168,590,000
Commodity Contract | Electricity
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosures [Line Items]
Notional Amount | MWh	3,634,635	3,501,898

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING - Balance Sheet Location (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Other current assets
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosures [Line Items]
Derivative asset	$ 1	$ 0
Other non-current assets
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosures [Line Items]
Derivative asset	4	1
Other current liabilities
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosures [Line Items]
Derivative liability	(102)	(105)
Other non-current liabilities
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosures [Line Items]
Derivative liability	$ (32)	$ (52)

XML

CAPITAL STOCK - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Feb. 10, 2022
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Authorized amount of stock repurchase			$ 1,000
Repurchase of common shares	$ 608	$ 0
Common Stock
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Common stock repurchases (shares)	30,400,000
Common Shares in Treasury
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Repurchase of common shares	$ 608	$ 0
Series A Preferred Stock
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Preferred stock authorized (in shares)	3,000,000
Preferred stock outstanding (in shares)	0
Preferred stock issued (in shares)	0
Series B Preferred Stock
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Preferred stock authorized (in shares)	4,000,000
Preferred stock outstanding (in shares)	0
Preferred stock issued (in shares)	0

XML

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - Changes in AOCI (loss) related to shareholders' equity (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
AOCI Including Portion Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	$ 1,657
Ending balance	1,648	$ 1,651
Foreign Currency Translation
AOCI Including Portion Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	0	(1)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax	(1)	0
Ending balance	(1)	(1)
Derivative Instruments
AOCI Including Portion Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	(170)	(16)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	(33)	(177)
Income tax	8	44
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax	(25)	(133)
(Gains) losses reclassified from AOCI to net income	59	(25)
Income tax expense (benefit)	(14)	6
Net losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI to net income	45	(19)
Ending balance	(150)	(168)
Pension and OPEB
AOCI Including Portion Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest, Net of Tax [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	1,827	1,847
(Gains) losses reclassified from AOCI to net income	(38)	(35)
Income tax expense (benefit)	10	8
Net losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI to net income	(28)	(27)
Ending balance	$ 1,799	$ 1,820

XML

VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2023
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	$ 14	$ 15
Cash paid for capital expenditures including deposits	182	188
Inventories	4,449		$ 4,460
Property, plant and equipment, net	8,771		8,895
Accounts payable	(2,051)		(2,099)
Noncontrolling interests	(241)		(235)
SunCoke Middletown | Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	15	17
Cash paid for capital expenditures including deposits	4	$ 5
Inventories	32		29
Property, plant and equipment, net	286		288
Accounts payable	(18)		(26)
Other assets (liabilities), net	(41)		(39)
Noncontrolling interests	$ (259)		$ (252)

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE - Earnings Per Share Computation (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Millions, $ in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Loss from continuing operations	$ (53)	$ (43)
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests	(14)	(15)
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Cliffs shareholders	(67)	(58)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	0	1
Net loss attributable to Cliffs shareholders	$ (67)	$ (57)
Weighted average number of shares:
Basic (in shares)	492	515
Employee stock plans (in shares)	0	0
Diluted (in shares)	492	515
Earnings per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - basic:
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	$ (0.14)	$ (0.11)
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	0	0
Earnings per Common Share - Basic (in dollars per share)	(0.14)	(0.11)
Earnings per common share attributable to Cliffs shareholders - diluted:
Continuing operations (in dollars per share)	(0.14)	(0.11)
Discontinued operations (in dollars per share)	0	0
Earnings per Common Share - Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ (0.14)	$ (0.11)

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE - Antidilutive Securities (Details) - shares shares in Millions	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023
Employee stock plan
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive securities (in shares)	2	1

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - Narrative (Details) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024 USD ($)
Letter of Credit
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Long-term Line of Credit	$ 56
Surety Bond
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Surety-backed letters of credit and surety bonds outstanding	$ 258

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - Contingencies (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Environmental obligations	$ 134	$ 134
Less: current portion	21	21
Long-term environmental obligations	$ 113	$ 113

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Apr. 03, 2024	Mar. 18, 2024	Apr. 22, 2024	Feb. 10, 2022
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Authorized amount of stock repurchase				$ 1,000
6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Amount of debt extinguished		$ 640
Subsequent Event
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Authorized amount of stock repurchase			$ 1,500
Subsequent Event | 6.750% 2026 Senior Secured Notes | Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Amount of debt extinguished	$ 189